Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Healthcare Information Services / Cerner

Cerner

cern · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker cern
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Healthcare Information Services
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2007 Annual Report · Cerner
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
1

 
2

 
ANNUAL REPORT 2007

1

 
 
 Table of Contents: Annual Report 2007 
Board of Directors 
Leadership 
Letter to Our Shareholders 
 Appendix: Cerner’s Business Model and Financial Assessment 

Form 10-K 
  Business and Industry Overview 

  Risk Factors 

  Properties 

  Selected Financial Data 

  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

Independent Auditor’s Report 

  Consolidated Balance Sheets 

  Consolidated Statements of Operations 

  Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity 

  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 

	 Summary	of	Significant	Accounting	Policies	

  Business Acquisitions 

  Receivables 

  Property and Equipment 

Indebtedness 

Interest Income (Expense) 

  Stock Options and Equity 

  Foundations Retirement Plan 

Income Taxes 

  Related Party Transactions 

  Commitments 

  Segment Reporting 

  Revised Quarterly Results 

Stock Price Performance Graph 
Corporate Information 

3

4

5

6

13

19

21

25

31

33

35

56

58

59

60

61

62

68

70

70

71

72 

72

75

75

77

77

78

79

81

82

 
 
 
 
 Board of Directors
Neal L. Patterson  
  ■	Chairman	of	the	Board	and	Chief	Executive	Officer,	Cerner	Corporation

Clifford W. Illig
  ■	Vice	Chairman,	Cerner	Corporation

Gerald E. Bisbee Jr., Ph.D.
  ■	Chairman,	President	and	Chief	Executive	Officer,	ReGen	Biologics,	Inc.,	Franklin	Lakes,	NJ

The Honorable John C. Danforth
  ■	Partner,	Bryan	Cave	LLP,	St.	Louis,	MO 
	 ■	Ambassador	to	the	United	Nations,	July	2004–January	2005 
	 ■	U.S.	Senator	-	Missouri,	1976-1995

The Honorable Nancy-Ann DeParle
	 ■	Managing	Director	of	CCMP	Capital 
	 ■	Adjunct	Professor	of	Health	Care	Systems	at	the	Wharton	School	of	the	University	of	Pennsylvania 
	 ■	Commissioner	on	the	Medicare	Payment	Advisory	Commission 
	 ■		Administrator,	Centers	for	Medicare	and	Medicaid	Services,	1997–2000

Michael E. Herman
	 ■	General	Partner,	Herman	Family	Trading	Company,	Kansas	City,	MO	 
	 ■	President,	Kansas	City	Royals	Baseball	Club,	1992-2000

William B. Neaves, Ph.D.
	 ■	President	and	Chief	Executive	Officer,	The	Stowers	Institute	for	Medical	Research,	Kansas	City,	MO

William D. Zollars
  ■	Chairman,	President	and	Chief	Executive	Officer,	YRC	Worldwide,	Overland	Park,	KS

4

Leadership

Cerner Executive Cabinet

Neal	L.	Patterson	▪	Chairman	of	the	Board	and	Chief	Executive	Officer
Clifford	W.	Illig	▪	Vice	Chairman
Earl	H.	“Trace”	Devanny,	III	▪	President
Jeffrey	A.	Townsend	▪	Executive	Vice	President
Michael	G.	Valentine	▪		Executive	Vice	President	and	General	Manager,	

United States

Zane	M.	Burke	▪	Senior	Vice	President,	United	States	Client	Relationships
Paul	N.	Gorup	▪	Senior	Vice	President	and	Chief	of	Innovation

Marc	G.	Naughton	▪	Senior	Vice	President	and	Chief	Financial	Officer
Michael	R.	Nill	▪		Senior	Vice	President,	Intellectual	Property	and	CernerWorks	
Shellee	K.	Spring	▪	Senior	Vice	President,	PowerWorks	
Julia	M.	Wilson	▪	Senior	Vice	President	and	Chief	People	Officer 
William	J.	Miller	▪	Vice	President,	TechWorks	and	DeviceWorks
David	W.	Sides	▪	Vice	President,	Worldwide	Consulting
Donald	D.	Trigg	▪	Vice	President	and	General	Manager,	United	Kingdom
Bill	D.	Wing	▪	Vice	President,	Healthe	Employer	and	Government

Cerner Executive Management

Jack	A.	Newman,	Jr.	▪	Executive	Vice	President
John	B.	Landis	▪	Senior	Vice	President,	Client	Operations
Robert	J.	Campbell	▪	Vice	President	and	Chief	Learning	Officer
Kimberly	K.	Hlobik	▪	Vice	President,	Lighthouse
Gay	M.	Johannes	▪	Vice	President	and	Chief	Quality	Officer

Catherine	E.	Mueller	▪	Vice	President,	Client	Experience
J.	Randall	Nelson	▪	Vice	President,	Life	Sciences
Randy	D.	Sims	▪	Vice	President,	Chief	Legal	Officer	and	Secretary
Kevin	S.	Smyth	▪	Vice	President	and	Chief	Information	Officer
Jacob	P.	Sorg	▪	Vice	President,	National	Practices

United States Client Organization

Global Client Organization

Jude	G.	Dieterman ▪  Senior	Vice	President,	Cerner	Corporation	and	President,	 

Client Development

Richard	J.	Flanigan ▪  Senior	Vice	President,	Cerner	Corporation	and	President,	

Academic and Children’s

John	T.	Peterzalek ▪  Senior	Vice	President,	Cerner	Corporation	and	President,	 

U.S.	East

Michael	C.	Neal ▪  Vice	President,	Cerner	Corporation	and	President,	 

U.S.	West

Alan	C.	Fowles ▪ Vice	President,	United	Kingdom
Marcos	Garcia ▪ Vice	President,	United	Kingdom	National	Programmes
J.	Bryan	Ince ▪ Vice	President,	United	Kingdom	Intellectual	Property	
Robert	J.	Shave ▪  Vice	President,	Cerner	Corporation	and	President,	 

Cerner Canada

Bruno	N.	Slosse ▪ Vice	President	and	General	Manager,	France	and	Spain
Robyn	W.	Tolley ▪ Vice	President,	United	Kingdom
Amr	Mostafa	Gad ▪ General	Manager,	Middle	East
Richard	W.	Heise ▪ General	Manager,	Australia	and	New	Zealand
Brian	P.	Sandager ▪ General	Manager,	Germany
David	Wood ▪ General	Manager,	East	Asia

Intellectual Property Organization

Douglas	S.	McNair,	M.D.	&	Ph.D. ▪  Senior	Vice	President, 

Knowledge	and	Discovery

Ryan	R.	Hamilton ▪	Vice	President,	Intellectual	Property	Development
David	P.	McCallie,	Jr.,	M.D.	▪	Vice	President,	Medical	Informatics
Rama Nadimpalli ▪	Vice	President	and	General	Manager,	Cerner	India

5

 
 
 To Cerner’s Shareholders, Clients and Associates: 
2007	was	another	year	of	solid	performance	that	included	good	financial	results	and	continued	progress	on	our	key	initiatives.	Our	
work	during	the	year	positions	Cerner	to	continue	our	long	history	of	strong	organic	growth.	Here	for	your	review	are	some	highlights	
of	Cerner’s	performance.	For	perspective,	we	have	included	the	associated	long-term	3,	5	and	10-year	compound	growth	rates	for	
many	of	the	financial	metrics.

	   We	had	another	record	year	in	Bookings,	Backlog,	Revenues,	Operating	Earnings,	Net	Earnings,	Earnings	Per	Share,	Cash	

Collections	and	Operating	Cash	Flow.

	   Annual	revenues	grew	10%	to	$1.52	billion	in	2007,	with	long-term	growth	rates	of	18%,	14%	and	20%.	

	   Global	revenues	(all	non-United	States	revenues)	grew	40%	to	$291	million,	a	ten-fold	increase	from	just	5	years	ago	when	

Global	revenues	were	$29	million	in	2002.	

	   Our operating margin1	increased	170	basis	points	to	15.1%,	up	from	12.4%	and	11.6%	3	and	5	years	ago.

	   Net earnings1	grew	28%	to	$145	million,	with	long-term	growth	rates	of	31%,	23%	and	25%.

	   Earnings per share1	grew	26%	to	$1.75,	with	long-term	growth	rates	of	26%,	20%	and	23%.	

	   Revenue	backlog	grew	22%	to	$3.25	billion,	with	long-term	growth	rates	of	28%,	27%	and	26%.	

	   Cash	flow	from	operations	grew	18%	to	$275	million,	with	long-term	growth	rates	of	18%,	32%	and	31%.	

	   Our CernerWorksSM	managed	services	business	had	another	great	year,	with	revenues	increasing	32%	to	$145	million,	and	a	

3-year	compound	annual	growth	rate	of	43%.

	   We	set	operational	records	across	the	company,	measured	by	the	number	of	systems	implemented,	in	just	about	every	country	
we	do	business.	We	implemented	more	than	1,400	solutions	during	2007	and	ended	the	year	with	more	than	7,500	Cerner 
Millennium® solutions	live	at	more	than	1,200	client	sites	across	the	world.	In	total,	our	strategic	client	footprint	now	includes	
more	than	6,000	hospital,	health	system,	physician	practice,	clinic,	laboratory,	pharmacy	and	employer	clients.	

	   We	made	appreciable	progress	on	two	of	our	strategic	initiatives	to	further	systemize	healthcare,	demonstrating	our	ability	to	

expand	Cerner’s	boundaries	by	creating	new	markets	to	generate	new	organic	growth.

  	  Addressing opportunities in the healthcare devices sector: 

  	   We	experienced	early	successes	with	our	CareAware™ MDBus™	device	connectivity	architecture,	obtaining	25	new	client	
footprints	and	10	certification	agreements	with	device	manufacturers.	This	architecture	creates	standards	and	contains	
technology	for	connecting	the	hundreds	of	different	types	of	medical	devices	found	in	healthcare	venues.

  	   We	shipped	the	first	production	units	of	CareAware RxStation™	medication	dispensing	devices,	launching	the	next	

generation	of	medication	dispensing	technology.	This	is	significant	in	that	the	device	and	the	workflow	are	driven	directly	
from	the	electronic	medical	record.

  	  Redefining	the	way	employers	connect	their	employees	to	healthcare:

  		   We	signed	three	new	employer	clients	for	2008,	who	will	eliminate	healthcare’s	middlemen	and	pay	providers	using	our	

completely	new	transaction.	

  	   We	are	also	redefining	the	service	strategies	for	healthcare	delivery,	adding	a	Fortune	500	employer	as	a	client	to	provide	

a	fully	automated,	employer-based	clinic	patterned	after	Cerner’s	own	successful	on-campus	Healthe	Clinic.

The	 lifecycle	 of	 information	 for	 a	 public	 company	 involves	 rapid	 communications,	 real-time	 analysis	 and	 quick	 market	 response.	
Almost	 all	 of	 the	 above	 information	 was	 reported	 months	 ago	 and	 has	 been	 totally	 consumed.	 Annual	 reports	 no	 longer	 are	 the	
communication	medium	most	shareholders	use	to	monitor	their	investments.	We	view	this	letter	as	our	opportunity	to	communicate	
aspects	 of	 Cerner	 that	 are	 not	 often	 addressed	 in	 other	 venues.	 In	 this	 year’s	 letter,	 we	 discuss	 two	 rather	 large	 and	 complex	
subjects:	 first,	 what	 makes	 our	 mission	 so	 important,	 and	 second,	 why	 what	 we	 do	 is	 so	 hard.	 We	 finish	 with	 a	 more	 traditional	
analytical	discussion	around	some	important	trends	inside	our	business	model.	

1 Operating	margin,	net	earnings	and	earnings	per	share	reflect	adjustments	compared	to	results	reported	on	a	Generally	Accepted	Accounting	Principles	(GAAP)	basis	in	

our	2007	Form	10-K.	Non-GAAP	results	should	not	be	substituted	as	a	measure	of	our	performance	but	instead	may	be	used	along	with	GAAP	results	as	a	supplemental	

measure	of	financial	performance.	Non-GAAP	results	are	used	by	management	along	with	GAAP	results	to	analyze	our	business,	make	strategic	decisions,	assess	long-

term	trends	on	a	comparable	basis,	and	for	management	compensation	purposes.	Please	see	the	appendix	to	this	letter	for	a	reconciliation	of	these	items	to	GAAP	results.

6

 
 
 
 Why Is Cerner’s Core Mission So Important?
Healthcare	is	unique	in	a	number	of	ways	making	it	a	great	industry	in	which	Cerner	can	grow.	It	also	makes	Cerner	a	very	meaningful	
place	 to	 spend	 your	 career.	 Whenever	 I	 speak	 to	 fellow	 Cerner	 associates	 for	 any	 length	 of	 time	 about	 our	 vision,	 mission,	 and	
direction,	I	inevitably	make	two	points	to	drive	home	why	our	core	mission	is	so	important.	First,	I	say	that	it	is	highly	likely	that	each	
associate’s healthcare needs will someday be directly impacted by Cerner®	solutions.	The	quality	of	design,	development,	delivery,	
and	operations	will	directly	impact	the	quality,	safety	and	availability	of	care	for	each	of	us	and	our	family	members.	Many	associates	
can	already	vouch	for	this.	The	second	point	I	make,	especially	to	our	younger	associates,	is	a	concerned	warning:	“YOU	are	going	to	
pay	for	ME	and	my	friends.”	That	is,	they	will	be	the	major	source	of	funding	for	the	most	demanding	group	of	consumers	ever	to	hit	
our	healthcare	system.	The	very	oldest	Baby	Boomers	are,	by	most	accounts,	turning	62	this	year,	with	79	million	to	follow.	When	the	
Boomers	enter	the	system,	it	will	drive	costs	up	and	put	a	major	burden	on	the	under-40	crowd	as	taxpayers.	This	is	a	universal	truth	
for	almost	all	developed	countries.	The	economic	future	of	every	country	is	being	threatened	by	significantly	higher	healthcare	costs	
in	the	coming	decades,	and	taxpayers,	not	retirees,	will	bear	the	brunt	of	the	burden.	Cerner’s	mission	in	healthcare	is	important	
because	of	our	ability	to	relieve	some	of	this	pressure.	

Sometimes I ask associates whether they would expect a marvelous pill that cures all cancer to increase or decrease the amount of 
money	that	we	as	a	society	spend	on	healthcare.	It	is	in	many	ways	logical	for	them	to	believe	and	answer,	optimistically,	that	health	
spending	would	decrease.	The	truth	of	the	matter	is,	paradoxically,	that	spending	would	increase.	In	fact,	pill	or	not,	cancer	death	
rates	have	been	falling	at	a	rate	of	1%	annually	since	the	early	1990s,	at	the	same	time	that	health	expenditures	have grown to 
occupy	more	than	16%	of	our	gross	domestic	product	(GDP).	Most	health	economists	believe	that	the	cost	of	healthcare	will	continue	
to	rise,	consuming	an	even	greater	percentage	of	our	GDP,	even	as	our	ability	to	combat	disease	improves.	

Cerner’s	 success	 will	 not	 solve	 the	 conundrum.	 But	 our	 mission	 to	 eliminate	 all	 inappropriate	 variance,	 avoidable	 medical	 error,	
unnecessary	 waste,	 needless	 delay	 and	 costly	 friction	 will	 make	 a	 significant	 contribution	 to	 redressing	 healthcare	 spending	
issues.	According	to	a	2006	RAND	study,	published	in	Health Affairs,	a	respected	health	policy	journal,	the	widespread	adoption	of	
healthcare	information	technology	in	the	United	States	would	reduce	national	healthcare	spending	approximately	10%,	by	increasing	
the	efficiency	of	the	care	delivery	and	better	coordinating	care	across	the	community.	At	Cerner,	we	believe	that	the	RAND	study	is	
conservative	and	quite	achievable.	We	also	believe	that	there	is	a	great	deal	of	unnecessary	administrative	“friction”	in	our	current	
healthcare	system,	especially	in	the	United	States.	In	a	2002	study	reported	in	the	New England Journal of Medicine,	it	was	estimated	
that	 about	 32%	 of	 the	 United	 States’	 healthcare	 system	 is	 consumed	 by	 administration.	 That	 is	 a	 grossly	 inefficient	 industry	 by	
any	standard.	The	root	cause	of	this	inefficiency	is	the	payment	system,	which	reflects	a	lack	of	innovation	by	most	of	the	current	
insurance	and	managed	care	companies.	

Let’s	convert	this	inefficiency	into	real	numbers.	The	Centers	for	Medicare	&	Medicaid	Services	(CMS)	recently	published	national	
health	expenditure	projections	through	the	year	2017.	Analyzing	these	projections,	Health Affairs proclaimed the headline for the next 
major	cost	driver	for	the	United	States:	“The	Baby-Boom	Generation	Is	Coming	To	Medicare.”	If	you	study	selected	data	from	the	CMS	
report,	below,	the	bottom	line	is	very	clear:	The	healthcare	spend	in	the	United	States	is	expected	to	nearly	double	over	the	next	10	
years,	moving	from	just	over	2	trillion	dollars	to	more	than	4	trillion	dollars.	

Spending category 

1993 

2007 

2017

National	Health	Expenditures	(NHE)	

$912.6	

$2,245.6	

$4,277.1

Hospital	care	

Professional	Services	

NHE	per	Capita	

317.2	

280.7	

696.7	

701.1	

1,345.7	

1,297.7

$3,468.6	

$7,439.1	

$13,101.1

NHE	as	%	of	Gross	Domestic	Product		

13.7%	

16.3%	

19.5%	

SOURCE: Centers	for	Medicare	&	Medicaid	Services,	Office	of	the	Actuary

The	table	above	documents	the	steady	increase	in	the	percentage	of	the	GDP	that	is	going	to	healthcare,	rising	from	13.7%	in	1993	
to	an	expected	19.5%	in	2017.	This	increase	is	the	result	of	a	30-year	period	in	which	healthcare	costs	will	have	been	growing	faster	
than	the	rest	of	the	economy	by	2.7%	annually.	This	is	compounded	by	the	fact	that	the	rate	of	medical	inflation	also	is	outpacing	the	
inflation	rate	for	rest	of	the	economy.	Almost	all	other	major	developed	countries	have	seen	the	same	pattern.	

There	are	many	factors	contributing	to	this	astonishing,	consistent,	and	alarming	long-term	trend:	as	our	population	grows,	so	does	
our	 national	 spending	 on	 healthcare.	 Ever-expanding	 scientific	 research,	 breakthrough	 procedures,	 medicines	 and	 technologies	

7

create	new	vistas	of	possible	treatments	and	diagnostics,	driving	up	the	utilization	of	healthcare	and	improving	the	quality	of	life.	In	
demographic	terms, longer life spans	add	greater	consumption	of	healthcare	services,	and	the	graying	of	the	population	increases	
the	per	capita	consumption	and	utilization.	And,	not	insignificantly,	the	rate	of medical inflation of medical prices has tended to rise 
faster	than	other	prices.	

These	increases	will	be	borne	by	all	players—the	consumer,	the	employer,	our	governments,	and	especially	the	citizen	taxpayer.	2008	
is	a	presidential	election	year	in	the	United	States,	and	there	is	a	chance	that	we	will	have	a	healthy	debate	about	the	future	of	our	
healthcare	 system.	 In	 this	 debate,	 some	 will	 decry	 the	 state	 of	 the	 United	 States’	 healthcare	 system,	 using	 comparisons	 to	 other	
systems	that	spend	less	money	per	capita	and	seemingly	get	better	clinical	outcomes.	Others	will	cite	the	studies	that	estimate	up	to	
100,000	unnecessary	deaths	occur	in	our	hospitals	each	year	due	to	medical	error.	Still,	others	will	focus	on	the	number	of	uninsured—
over	40	million—as	a	major	failing	of	the	United	States’	system.	The	United	States’	competitiveness	as	a	nation	will	be	evoked	as	a	
reason	this	must	be	addressed.	Everyone	will	agree	that	the	current	direction	it	is	not	sustainable.	All	the	while,	other	countries	will	
have	similar	debates.	

In	 summary,	 our	 mission	 is	 so	 important	 because	 it	 addresses	 one	 of	 the	 largest	 issues	 facing	 societies	 around	 the	 world—the	
efficiency,	safety,	and	quality	of	our	systems	of	healthcare.	Our	societies	have	tremendous	needs	that	will	only	be	met	by	innovative	
thinkers	who	seek	to	understand	healthcare	in	all	its	complexity.	

As	shareholders,	this	is	one	of	the	reasons	we	like	Cerner’s	outlook	for	the	next	10	years.	If	we	continue	innovating	and	addressing	
the	complex	issues	facing	the	healthcare	industry,	we	will	have	very	sizable	new	opportunities	for	some	time	to	come.

Why Is Our Work So Hard?

My	father,	a	farmer,	taught	me	my	earliest	lesson	of	business,	“Success	follows	hard	work.”	At	the	time,	“hard	work”	carried	strenuous	
physical	connotations.	(To	this	day,	I	define	a	“hard	day’s	work”	as	my	brother	and	I	putting	up	1,000	bales	of	hay	in	the	barn	before	
nightfall.)	Relatively	early	in	my	Cerner	career,	however,	I	began	to	appreciate	the	difference	between	“hard	work”	and	“work	that	is	hard.”	
At	Cerner,	we	do	both.	We	work	very	hard…at	work	that	is very	hard.	

All	 companies	 strive	 to	 create	 products	 or	 services	 that	 are	 valued	 by	 their	 customers,	 and	 Cerner	 is	 like	 every	 other	 company	
in	this	respect.	We	work	with	one	client	at	a	time,	implementing	technological	solutions	to	problems,	with	a	goal	of	improving	an	
organization’s	 productivity,	 quality	 and	 financial	 performance.	 We	 have	 a	 broad	 array	 of	 solutions	 in	 our	 catalog,	 and	 they	 nearly	
always	contain	a	great	deal	of	software	we	have	written.	

What	makes	our	work	hard	is	that	we	have	chosen	to	be	knowledge	workers	in	one	of	the	world’s	most	complex	environments.	Healthcare	
is	 inherently	 hard.	 Our	 clients	 are	 part	 of	 a	 “healthcare	 system”	 that	 is	 famously	 complicated.	 In	 every	 community,	 it	 consists	 of	
numerous	independent	private	and	public	interests,	dozens	of	unconnected	care	venues,	and	thousands	of	discrete	organizations,	
deploying hundreds of healthcare roles and medical specialties to address medical needs arising from the myriad conditions of human 
biology.	This	thing	we	call	a	healthcare	system	is	not	a	mechanical	system.	It	was	never	designed.	The	system	was	not	constructed	like	
a	watch	or	a	bridge,	in	accordance	with	a	master	plan.	Its	parts	move,	react,	adapt	and	evolve	with	a	high	degree	of	autonomy,	and	
yet	they	all	must	interconnect.	The	healthcare	“system”	is	a	tangle	of	relationships	that	connect	consumers	to	millions	of	healthcare	
providers	in	thousands	of	independent	hospitals,	clinics,	physician	offices,	surgery	centers,	laboratories,	pharmacies,	nursing	homes,	
and	home	health	agencies.	These	relationships	include	employers,	payers	and	governments,	all	with	vested	interests	in	healthcare.	
Systems	of	healthcare	are	the	subject	of	debates,	the	pride	of	nations,	and	the	death	of	political	careers.	

Healthcare	also	is	not	static.	It	has	a	growing	and	emerging	intricacy,	fueled	by	discovery	about	our	complex	human	bodies.	Its	state	

1975

1979

1982

Neal	Patterson,	Paul	Gorup,	
and Cliff Illig leave Arthur 
Andersen	&	Co.	to	form	their	
own company

PathNet® is installed in 
the	lab	at	St.	John	Medical	
Center	in	Tulsa,	Oklahoma

1983

29 associates

1984

1986

Cerner	secures	$1.5	million	
venture capital funding 
from First Chicago Capital 
Corporation

Cerner goes public on 
Nasdaq (CERN)

$17 million of revenue

149 associates

8

 
 is	not	constant	or	predictable.	Cerner	Board	member,	educator	and	scientist	William	Neaves	wrote	in	his	2004	essay,	Why We Die,	
“Mortality	is	deeply	embedded	in	our	genes,	and	medical	science	is	unlikely	to	uproot	it.”	Still,	it	is	a	basic	human	desire	to	be	healthy,	
vibrant	and	alive.	Around	the	world,	our	shared	quest	for	additional	years	and	quality	of	life	is	a	market	driver	that	does	not	evaporate.	

Our	clients	are	complex	organizations,	especially	the	larger,	sophisticated	health	systems	and	medical	centers.	They	face	unique	management	
challenges	that	peers	in	other	industries	do	not,	challenges	that	result	from	the	complexity	of	the	overall	environment	in	which	they	operate	
every	day.	Peter	Drucker,	the	father	of	management	science,	described	this	phenomenon	in	his	1966	book,	The Effective Executive: 

In	a	hospital,	for	instance—perhaps	the	most	complex	of	the	modern	knowledge	organizations	–	nurses,	dieticians,	physical	
therapists,	medical	and	X-ray	technicians,	pharmacologists,	pathologists,	and	a	host	of	other	health-service	professionals	have	
to	work	on	and	with	the	same	patient,	with	a	minimum	of	conscious	command	or	control	by	anyone….In	terms	of	organizational	
structure,	each	of	these	health-service	professionals	reports	to	his	own	chief.		Each	operates	in	terms	of	his	own	highly	
specialized	field	of	knowledge;	that	is,	as	a	“professional.”		But	each	has	to	keep	all	the	others	informed	according	to	the	specific	
situation,	the	condition,	and	the	need	of	an	individual	patient.		Otherwise,	their	efforts	are	more	likely	to	do	harm	than	good.		 
In	a	hospital	in	which	the	focus	on	contribution	has	become	ingrained	habit,	there	is	almost	no	difficulty	in	achieving	such	
team	work.		In	other	hospitals	this	sideways	communication,	this	spontaneous	self-organization	into	the	right	task-focused	
teams,	does	not	occur	despite	frantic	efforts	to	obtain	communications	and	coordination	through	all	kinds	of	committees,	
staff	conferences,	bulletins,	sermons	and	the	like.

Drucker’s description impacted me decades ago and was one of the best and earliest descriptions of what we at Cerner were trying 
to	do	with	information	technology	in	healthcare.	In	fact,	one	early	version	of	our	mission	was	to	have	Cerner’s	systems	supplant	the	
“spontaneous,	self-organizing,	ingrained	habit	of	the	right	task-focused	team.”	

Besides	coordinating	and	communicating	knowledge	in	a	timely	manner,	other	challenges	bedevil	our	hospital	clients.	For	example,	a	
large	percentage	of	their	costs	are	driven	by	decisions	made	by	the	attending	and	consulting	physicians,	most	of	whom	do	not	work	for	
the	organization	that	has	to	pay	the	bill.	And	in	many	cases,	these	same	physicians	have	relationships	with	competing	organizations	
in	the	community.	This	is	just	one	of	many	examples	of	healthcare’s	misaligned	incentives.	A	mix	of	private	and	public	funding,	along	
with	obscenely	convoluted	methods	of	reimbursement,	guarantee	that	few	people	inside	or	outside	healthcare	understand	the	true	
costs	of	healthcare	services	and	procedures.	

Creating	fundamental	change	in	healthcare	systems,	organizations,	transactions	and	processes	is	a	major	challenge.	And	the	type	of	
change	we	introduce	into	these	interactions	is	profound,	affecting	all	strata	of	healthcare,	from	consumers	to	providers	to	payors	to	
employers	to	governments.	Within	the	provider	organizations,	our	work	touches	physicians,	nurses,	technicians,	front-line	clerks	and	
almost	every	clinical	and	business	process.	

Our	day-to-day	reality	is	that	of	pursuing	a	moving	target,	one	that	must	be	continually	assessed	and	reassessed.	Cerner	has	a	long	
history	of	addressing	unmet	needs	of	the	healthcare	industry,	never	shying	away	from	the	hard	work	that	needs	to	be	done.	Each	
year	as	the	complexity	increases,	so	do	the	barriers	to	entry.	Many	companies,	large	and	small,	sense	the	business	opportunities	
inside	healthcare.	But	few,	if	any,	have	the	scale,	the	experience,	the	team,	the	technology	and	the	vision	to	make	a	big	difference.	
That	is	why,	for	the	past	three	decades,	the	names	of	our	competitors	change	routinely.	Cerner	has	staying	power.	I	believe	there	is	
no	company	better	positioned	to	meet	the	needs	of	the	healthcare	industry	in	the	next	decade.

1987

Cerner listed as one of Inc. 
magazine’s	100	fastest-
growing companies

1990

Revenues surpass 
$50 million

1992

1993

1994

1995

2 for 1 stock split (May 12)

2 for 1 stock split (March 1)

1,000	associates

2 for 1 stock split (August 7)

Cerner	Vision	Center	opens

Revenue surpasses $100 
million

9

The Only Constant is Change

Early	in	the	1980s,	a	physician	sent	me	a	small	plaque	with	the	inscription,	“People	Fear	Change	More	Than	They	Do	Disaster.”	The	
words	are	as	meaningful	today	as	they	were	back	then.	I	have	kept	the	plaque	in	my	office—both	as	a	reminder	to	empathize	with	
clients’	and	associates’	natural	fears,	and	as	a	de facto statement	of	Cerner’s	purpose	as	a	purveyor	of	change.	Everything,	it	seems,	
is	constantly	changing.	

Our	business	model	is	no	exception.	Elements	of	Cerner’s	business	model	have	changed	over	time.	In	the	long	run,	these	changes	
are	good,	and	they	have	led	to	increasing	levels	of	high-quality	recurring	sources	of	revenue.	In	the	near	term,	however,	some	changes	
have	impacted	revenue	growth	and	cash	flow.	

In	the	appendix	to	this	letter,	we	explain	our	business	model	with	a	great	deal	of	transparency,	something	we	have	included	and	
updated	for	several	years	consecutively.	Here,	within	the	body	of	this	letter,	I	want	to	comment	on	some	of	the	key	underlying	dynamics	
creating	change.	

One	area	of	change	is	the	way	most	of	our	clients	fulfill	their	technology	needs.	For	a	long	time,	Cerner	has	been	one	of	the	largest	
resellers	of	HP	and	IBM	hardware	into	the	healthcare	sector.	While	this	is	the	lowest	margin	part	of	our	business,	it	is	an	area	where	we	
have	consciously	decided	to	engage	to	meet	our	clients’	current	and	future	technology	platform	needs	to	operate	our	technologies.	

There	has	been	a	fundamental	shift	over	the	past	several	years	in	this	part	of	our	business,	driven	by	the	tremendous	success	we	are	
having	with	our	new	and	existing	clients	adopting	our	Cerner-hosted	model.	When	clients	elect	to	have	Cerner	host	their	Cerner Millennium 
applications,	 they	 no	 longer	 need	 to	 purchase	 the	 hardware	 up-front	 from	 us.	 The	 result	 of	 this	 shift	 is	 lower	 initial	 revenue	 from	
hardware	sales,	with	that	opportunity	being	replaced	by	a	higher	margin	recurring	CernerWorks	Managed	Services	revenue	stream.	This	
approach	also	negatively	impacts	our	cash	flow	in	the	short	term	because	we	purchase	the	hardware	upfront	for	our	data	centers,	but	
the	client	is	paying	for	it	over	the	5-7	year	term	of	the	Managed	Services	agreement.	As	our	Managed	Services	business	has	grown,	the	
impact	its	success	is	having	on	revenue	growth	and	cash	flow	is	shifting	to	positive.	We	now	have	large	amounts	of	recurring	Managed	
Services	revenue	coming	out	of	backlog	and	contributing	to	revenue	growth.	These	recurring	revenues	also	are	becoming	large	enough	
to	provide	cash	flow	to	fund	the	purchase	of	the	hardware	required	for	our	new	hosted	clients—a	dynamic	that	will	allow	this	business	
to	contribute	to	strong	cash	flow	growth	for	Cerner.

Another area that has had a negative impact on revenue growth is our approach to the physician market in which we offer PowerWorks® 
physician	 practice	 management	 and	 electronic	 medical	 record	 (EMR)	 solutions	 on	 a	 subscription	 basis.	 The	 fundamentals	 of	 our	
physician	practice	business	are	solid,	and	our	goal	is	to	have	100,000	physicians	utilizing	our	PowerWorks	solutions.	We	are	extremely	
well	 positioned,	 with	 a	 large	 acute-care	 base	 of	 clients—many	 with	 significant	 market	 share	 in	 their	 local	 markets	 that	 are	 either	
piloting or deploying PowerWorks	solutions	as	part	of	their	strategy	to	align	with	physicians.	Despite	this	momentum,	we	are	getting	
little	short-term	revenue	growth	because	the	subscription	model	generates	little	initial	revenue.	Similar	to	our	CernerWorks Managed 
Services	business,	we	expect	the	PowerWorks	business	to	become	a	significant	recurring	source	of	revenue	over	time.	

Even	our	approach	to	our	software	licenses	takes	a	long-term	view	in	that	we	provide	a	perpetual	license	to	Cerner Millennium solutions,	
making	upgrades	to	clients	free	of	any	additional	license	fees.	And	in	2007,	our	installed	base	was	extremely	busy	upgrading	to	the	
Cerner Millennium	2007	release,	with	about	30%	of	our	Cerner Millennium footprints completed during the year and a similar amount 
in	process	and	scheduled	to	be	completed	by	the	middle	of	2008.	The	Cerner Millennium 2007 release is the most comprehensive 
release	in	our	history,	and	for	many	of	our	clients,	this	was	their	top	priority	in	2007,	which	limited	our	opportunity	to	sell	what	we	
call	“whitespace”	or	additional	Cerner Millennium	applications	back	into	our	base.	This	contributed	to	a	decline	in	software	revenue	

1997

2,000	associates

1999

HNA Millennium® Phase 1 
is completed

Cerner makes Fortune list 
of	“Best	100	Companies	to	
Work	For”

2000

3,000	associates

2001

Revenue surpasses $500 
million

2002

4,000	associates

2003

Cerner and Atos Origin 
awarded	U.K.	National	
Health	Services	Choose	and	
Book contract

10

 
 compared	to	2006,	but	is	very	good	in	the	long-term.
Importantly,	this	upgrade	process	has	significant	benefits,	including	the	reduction	in	the	number	of	software	releases	being	supported	
and	a	reduction	in	support	calls	after	the	first	100	days	after	an	upgrade.	And	we	expect	our	software	sales	to	improve	in	2008,	with	
the hardest part of the Cerner Millennium	Release	2007	upgrade	cycle	behind	us,	and	an	increased	pipeline	of	opportunities	outside	
of	our	installed	base.

In	summary,	I	believe	the	strengthening	of	our	business	model	that	has	occurred	over	time	far	outweighs	the	short-term	impact	of	
these	dynamics.	For	perspective,	consider	the	shift	that	has	occurred	so	far	in	this	decade:

	   In	the	year	2000,	55%	of	our	revenue	and	41%	of	our	contribution	margin	(profit	before	indirect	expenses	such	as	research	and	
development,	sales,	marketing,	and	administrative)	came	from	recurring	or	visible	sources,	such	as	support	and	maintenance	
and	professional	services.	The	remaining	45%	of	revenue	and	59%	of	contribution	margin	came	from	non-recurring	sources,	
such	as	software	and	hardware	sales.	

	   In	2007,	72%	of	our	revenue	and	68%	of	our	contribution	margin	came	from	recurring	or	visible	services,	while	only	28%	of	

revenue	and	32%	of	contribution	margin	came	from	non-recurring	sources.	

In	other	words,	Cerner	is	now	at	a	point	where	more	than	two-thirds	of	both	our	revenue	and	contribution	margin	come	from	stable,	
highly	desirable	recurring	or	visible	sources.	This	is	a	good	type	of	change.	

Close

We	are	on	a	journey.	The	road	ahead	is	seldom	straight	or	smooth.	We	are	focused	on	finishing	this	decade	strong.	For	all	of	the	reasons	
that	we	discussed	in	the	first	two	sections	of	this	letter,	we	believe	there	will	be	a	robust	worldwide	market	for	Cerner	solutions.	We	are	
also	committed	to	continuing	our	long-term	history	of	innovations,	which	drive	new	organic	growth.	

Thank	you	for	your	commitment	to	Cerner.	We	see	the	next	decade	as	full	of	opportunities,	a	time	when	we	will	leverage	our	successes	
over	the	past	two	decades	to	deal	with	even	larger	opportunities.	We	are	here	for	the	most	challenging	problems	in	healthcare,	a	
mission	we	believe	will	be	both	important	to	many	and	rewarding	for	our	shareholders.

NEAL	L.	PATTERSON
FOUNDER
Chairman	&	Chief	Executive	Officer

CLIFFORD	W.	ILLIG
FOUNDER
Vice	Chairman

PAUL	N.	GORUP
FOUNDER
Senior	Vice	President	&	Chief	of	Innovation

EARL	H.	DEVANNY,	III
President

JEFFREY	A.	TOWNSEND
Executive	Vice	President

MICHAEL	G.	VALENTINE
Executive	Vice	President 
&	General	Manager,	United	States

MARC	G.	NAUGHTON
Senior	Vice	President
&	Chief	Financial	Officer

JULIA	M.	WILSON
Senior	Vice	President	
&	Chief	People	Officer

2004

2005

2006

2007

Cerner celebrates 25th 
anniversary

Cerner ranks third amongst 
software companies in the 
Wall Street Journal’s Top 
50	Returns	over	a	five-year	
period

5,000	associates

Revenues surpass $1 billion

2	for	1	stock	split	(Jan.	10)

Revenues	surpass	$1.5	billion

Cerner signs contract with 
Fujitsu	for	southern	region	
of	NHS	Connecting	for	
Health	program	in	England

Nearly	7,000	associates

Introduced CareAware™ device 
architecture and line of devices

Cerner signs contract with BT for 
London	region	of	NHS	program

First Cerner Millennium® site 
in France

Delivered Cerner Millennium 
2007	software	release,	
containing more new features 
than any prior release and 
setting a new quality standard

Shipped	first	production	units	of	RxStation medication 
dispensing	devices;	25	clients	purchase	MDBus device 
connectivity

Healthe Employer Services becomes Third Party Administrator 
for	3	clients	and	selected	to	provide	on-site	clinic	to	Fortune	
500 company

Delivered new Cerner ProVision® PACS Workstation

Opened	new	Data	Center	at	World	Headquarters

Signed	first	clients	in	Spain	and	Egypt;	opened	office	in	
Dublin,	Ireland

Acquired Etreby Computer Company (retail pharmacy solutions)

11

12

 
 Appendix: Cerner’s Business Model and Financial Assessment

Introduction

Over	the	past	several	years,	it	has	become	a	tradition	for	us	to	include	a	detailed	discussion	of	our	business	model	and	financial	
performance	as	an	appendix	to	the	shareholder	letter.	We	are	continuing	that	tradition	this	year	with	a	discussion	of	our	current	
business	model,	2007	financial	performance,	and	strategy	for	achieving	20%	operating	margins.	Note	that	some	of	the	results	in	
this	discussion	reflect	adjustments	compared	to	results	reported	on	a	Generally	Accepted	Accounting	Principles	(GAAP)	basis	in	our	
Form	10K.	Non-GAAP	results	should	not	be	substituted	as	a	measure	of	our	performance	but	instead	may	be	used	along	with	GAAP	
results	as	a	supplemental	measure	of	financial	performance.	Non-GAAP	results	are	used	by	management	along	with	GAAP	results	to	
analyze	our	business,	make	strategic	decisions,	assess	long-term	trends	on	a	comparable	basis,	and	for	management	compensation	
purposes.	Please	see	the	end	of	this	appendix	for	a	reconciliation	of	non-GAAP	items	to	GAAP	results.

The Cerner Business Model

The core of Cerner’s business model is the creation of intellectual property (IP) in the form of software and other types of digital 
content.	Our	software	is	bundled	with	other	technologies	and	services	to	create	complete	clinical	and	business	solutions	for	healthcare	
providers.	In	short,	we	build	it,	sell	it,	deliver	it,	and	support	it	for	healthcare	provider	organizations	around	the	world	(“it”	in	this	
context	refers	to	the	solutions	Cerner	creates	for	healthcare	organizations).	In	our	opinion,	we	have	a	healthy	business	model	that	has	
improved	over	the	last	several	years.	Below	is	a	graphical	representation	of	Cerner’s	business	model	showing	a	top-to-bottom	flow	of	
how	we	convert	new	business	opportunities	and	our	backlog	into	revenue	and	earnings.	

At  the  top  of  our  model  is  our  Sales  Pipeline  of 
potential  future  business  opportunities  we  have 
identified	 in	 the	 marketplace.	 Our	 pipeline	 has	
increased	substantially	over	the	past	several	years,	
reflecting	both	a	strong	domestic	and	global	market	
for our solutions and our leadership position in the 
healthcare	information	technology	marketplace.

During	 each	 quarter,	 we	 sign	 new	 contracts	 to	
deliver	 our	 solutions	 to	 clients.	 These	 contract	
signings are reported as New Contract Bookings 
and	become	part	of	our	contract	backlog.	A	typical	
new contract will impact our revenues in the current 
quarter	and	for	the	next	several	quarters,	or	even	
years,	depending	on	how	the	licenses,	technology,	
subscriptions/transactions,	 managed	 services,	
and	professional	services	are	delivered.	

Almost all of our client contracts will also contain 
for  Support  Contracts 
provisions 
in  which 
Cerner  agrees  to  provide  a  broad  set  of  services 
that  support  our  clients’  use  of  our  solutions 
in	 demanding	 clinical	 settings.	 This	 support	
includes addressing technical issues related to our 
software  and  providing  access  to  future  releases 
of	licensed	software.	We	also	provide	support	and	
maintenance agreements for third party software 
and	hardware	that	we	resell	to	our	clients.

(cid:75)(cid:89)(cid:100)(cid:93)(cid:107)(cid:24)(cid:72)(cid:97)(cid:104)(cid:93)(cid:100)(cid:97)(cid:102)(cid:93)

(cid:70)(cid:93)(cid:111)(cid:24)(cid:59)(cid:103)(cid:102)(cid:108)(cid:106)(cid:89)(cid:91)(cid:108)(cid:24)(cid:58)(cid:103)(cid:103)(cid:99)(cid:97)(cid:102)(cid:95)(cid:107)(cid:50)(cid:24)(cid:28)(cid:41)(cid:38)(cid:46)(cid:24)(cid:90)(cid:97)(cid:100)(cid:100)(cid:97)(cid:103)(cid:102)

(cid:59)(cid:103)(cid:102)(cid:108)(cid:106)(cid:89)(cid:91)(cid:108)(cid:24)(cid:58)(cid:89)(cid:91)(cid:99)(cid:100)(cid:103)(cid:95)(cid:50)(cid:24)(cid:28)(cid:42)(cid:38)(cid:47)(cid:24)(cid:90)(cid:97)(cid:100)(cid:100)(cid:97)(cid:103)(cid:102)

(cid:75)(cid:109)(cid:104)(cid:104)(cid:103)(cid:106)(cid:108)
(cid:59)(cid:103)(cid:102)(cid:108)(cid:106)(cid:89)(cid:91)(cid:108)(cid:107)

(cid:75)(cid:109)(cid:104)(cid:104)(cid:103)(cid:106)(cid:108)(cid:24)(cid:58)(cid:89)(cid:91)(cid:99)(cid:100)(cid:103)(cid:95)(cid:50)(cid:24)
(cid:28)(cid:45)(cid:44)(cid:41)(cid:24)(cid:101)(cid:97)(cid:100)(cid:100)(cid:97)(cid:103)(cid:102)

(cid:68)(cid:97)(cid:91)(cid:93)(cid:102)(cid:107)(cid:93)(cid:92)
(cid:75)(cid:103)(cid:94)(cid:108)(cid:111)(cid:89)(cid:106)(cid:93)
(cid:28)(cid:42)(cid:43)(cid:49)(cid:69)

(cid:75)(cid:113)(cid:107)(cid:108)(cid:93)(cid:101)(cid:24)(cid:75)(cid:89)(cid:100)(cid:93)(cid:107)(cid:24)

(cid:76)(cid:93)(cid:91)(cid:96)(cid:102)(cid:103)(cid:100)(cid:103)(cid:95)(cid:113)
(cid:28)(cid:41)(cid:47)(cid:40)(cid:69)

(cid:76)(cid:103)(cid:108)(cid:89)(cid:100)(cid:24)(cid:42)(cid:40)(cid:40)(cid:47)(cid:24)(cid:74)(cid:93)(cid:110)(cid:93)(cid:102)(cid:109)(cid:93)(cid:24)(cid:53)(cid:24)(cid:28)(cid:41)(cid:36)(cid:45)(cid:42)(cid:40)(cid:69)

(cid:75)(cid:93)(cid:106)(cid:110)(cid:97)(cid:91)(cid:93)(cid:107)(cid:36)(cid:24)(cid:75)(cid:109)(cid:104)(cid:104)(cid:103)(cid:106)(cid:108)(cid:24)(cid:30)(cid:24)(cid:69)(cid:89)(cid:97)(cid:102)(cid:108)(cid:93)(cid:102)(cid:89)(cid:102)(cid:91)(cid:93)(cid:24)(cid:24)

(cid:75)(cid:109)(cid:90)(cid:107)(cid:91)(cid:106)(cid:97)(cid:104)(cid:108)(cid:97)(cid:103)(cid:102)(cid:107)(cid:39)
(cid:76)(cid:106)(cid:89)(cid:102)(cid:107)(cid:89)(cid:91)(cid:108)(cid:97)(cid:103)(cid:102)(cid:107)
(cid:28)(cid:49)(cid:41)(cid:69)

(cid:72)(cid:106)(cid:103)(cid:94)(cid:93)(cid:107)(cid:107)(cid:97)(cid:103)(cid:102)(cid:89)(cid:100)
(cid:75)(cid:93)(cid:106)(cid:110)(cid:97)(cid:91)(cid:93)(cid:107)
(cid:28)(cid:44)(cid:44)(cid:40)(cid:69)

(cid:69)(cid:89)(cid:102)(cid:89)(cid:95)(cid:93)(cid:92)
(cid:75)(cid:93)(cid:106)(cid:110)(cid:97)(cid:91)(cid:93)(cid:107)
(cid:28)(cid:41)(cid:44)(cid:45)(cid:69)

(cid:75)(cid:109)(cid:104)(cid:104)(cid:103)(cid:106)(cid:108)(cid:24)(cid:30)
(cid:69)(cid:89)(cid:97)(cid:102)(cid:108)(cid:93)(cid:102)(cid:89)(cid:102)(cid:91)(cid:93)
(cid:28)(cid:43)(cid:49)(cid:48)(cid:69)

(cid:70)(cid:103)(cid:108)(cid:93)(cid:50)(cid:24)(cid:76)(cid:103)(cid:108)(cid:89)(cid:100)(cid:24)(cid:74)(cid:93)(cid:110)(cid:93)(cid:102)(cid:109)(cid:93)(cid:24)
(cid:97)(cid:102)(cid:91)(cid:100)(cid:109)(cid:92)(cid:93)(cid:107)(cid:24)(cid:28)(cid:43)(cid:47)(cid:69)(cid:24)
(cid:103)(cid:94)(cid:24)(cid:106)(cid:93)(cid:97)(cid:101)(cid:90)(cid:109)(cid:106)(cid:107)(cid:93)(cid:92)(cid:24)
(cid:108)(cid:106)(cid:89)(cid:110)(cid:93)(cid:100)(cid:24)(cid:106)(cid:93)(cid:110)(cid:93)(cid:102)(cid:109)(cid:93)

(cid:112)(cid:48)(cid:49)(cid:29)

(cid:112)(cid:41)(cid:42)(cid:29)

(cid:28)(cid:42)(cid:41)(cid:43)(cid:69)

(cid:28)(cid:42)(cid:40)(cid:69)

(cid:112)(cid:44)(cid:49)(cid:29)

(cid:28)(cid:44)(cid:45)(cid:69)

(cid:112)(cid:42)(cid:49)(cid:29)

(cid:112)(cid:42)(cid:45)(cid:29)

(cid:28)(cid:41)(cid:42)(cid:48)(cid:69)

(cid:28)(cid:43)(cid:46)(cid:69)

(cid:112)(cid:46)(cid:49)(cid:29)

(cid:28)(cid:42)(cid:47)(cid:45)(cid:69)

(cid:59)(cid:103)(cid:102)(cid:108)(cid:106)(cid:97)(cid:90)(cid:109)(cid:108)(cid:97)(cid:103)(cid:102)(cid:24)(cid:69)(cid:89)(cid:106)(cid:95)(cid:97)(cid:102)(cid:24)(cid:29)(cid:24)

(cid:76)(cid:103)(cid:108)(cid:89)(cid:100)(cid:24)(cid:42)(cid:40)(cid:40)(cid:47)(cid:24)(cid:59)(cid:103)(cid:102)(cid:108)(cid:106)(cid:97)(cid:90)(cid:109)(cid:108)(cid:97)(cid:103)(cid:102)(cid:24)(cid:69)(cid:89)(cid:106)(cid:95)(cid:97)(cid:102)(cid:24)(cid:53)
(cid:28)(cid:47)(cid:41)(cid:47)(cid:69)(cid:24)(cid:32)(cid:44)(cid:47)(cid:29)(cid:24)(cid:103)(cid:94)(cid:24)(cid:74)(cid:93)(cid:110)(cid:93)(cid:102)(cid:109)(cid:93)(cid:33)

(cid:59)(cid:103)(cid:102)(cid:108)(cid:106)(cid:97)(cid:90)(cid:109)(cid:108)(cid:97)(cid:103)(cid:102)(cid:24)(cid:69)(cid:89)(cid:106)(cid:95)(cid:97)(cid:102)(cid:24)(cid:28)

(cid:68)(cid:93)(cid:107)(cid:107)(cid:50)
(cid:65)(cid:102)(cid:92)(cid:97)(cid:106)(cid:93)(cid:91)(cid:108)(cid:24)(cid:59)(cid:103)(cid:107)(cid:108)(cid:107)

(cid:74)(cid:24)(cid:30)(cid:24)(cid:60)
(cid:40)(cid:46)(cid:28)(cid:23)(cid:102)(cid:93)(cid:23)(cid:105)(cid:92)(cid:109)(cid:92)(cid:101)(cid:108)(cid:92)
(cid:32)(cid:28)(cid:42)(cid:45)(cid:49)(cid:69)(cid:33)

(cid:75)(cid:63)(cid:24)(cid:30)(cid:24)(cid:57)
(cid:40)(cid:44)(cid:28)(cid:23)(cid:102)(cid:93)(cid:23)(cid:105)(cid:92)(cid:109)(cid:92)(cid:101)(cid:108)(cid:92)
(cid:32)(cid:28)(cid:42)(cid:42)(cid:49)(cid:69)(cid:33)

(cid:32)(cid:28)(cid:44)(cid:48)(cid:48)(cid:69)(cid:33)

(cid:71)(cid:104)(cid:93)(cid:106)(cid:89)(cid:108)(cid:97)(cid:102)(cid:95)(cid:24)(cid:69)(cid:89)(cid:106)(cid:95)(cid:97)(cid:102)

(cid:28)(cid:42)(cid:42)(cid:49)(cid:69)(cid:36)(cid:24)(cid:41)(cid:45)(cid:29)

(cid:68)(cid:93)(cid:107)(cid:107)(cid:50)(cid:24)(cid:76)(cid:89)(cid:112)(cid:93)(cid:107)(cid:24)(cid:30)
(cid:70)(cid:93)(cid:108)(cid:24)(cid:65)(cid:102)(cid:108)(cid:38)(cid:24)(cid:61)(cid:112)(cid:104)(cid:38)(cid:39)(cid:71)(cid:108)(cid:96)(cid:93)(cid:106)(cid:24)(cid:65)(cid:102)(cid:91)(cid:103)(cid:101)(cid:93)

(cid:76)(cid:89)(cid:112)(cid:93)(cid:107)
(cid:32)(cid:28)(cid:48)(cid:44)(cid:69)(cid:33)

(cid:70)(cid:93)(cid:108)(cid:24)(cid:65)(cid:102)(cid:108)(cid:93)(cid:106)(cid:93)(cid:107)(cid:108)
(cid:61)(cid:112)(cid:104)(cid:38)(cid:39)(cid:71)(cid:108)(cid:96)(cid:93)(cid:106)(cid:24)(cid:65)(cid:102)(cid:91)(cid:103)(cid:101)(cid:93)
(cid:28)(cid:40)(cid:69)

(cid:32)(cid:28)(cid:48)(cid:44)(cid:69)(cid:33)

(cid:70)(cid:93)(cid:108)(cid:24)(cid:61)(cid:89)(cid:106)(cid:102)(cid:97)(cid:102)(cid:95)(cid:107)

(cid:28)(cid:41)(cid:44)(cid:45)(cid:69)

Continuing	 with	 our	 top-down	 business	 model	
flow,	 the	 value	 of	 the	 new	 contract	 bookings	 and	
support contracts rolls into our Contract Backlog 
and  Support  Backlog,	 respectively.	 Even	 though	
almost	all	of	our	systems	are	in	service	for	decades,	our	reported	Support	Backlog	only	includes	the	expected	value	for	one	year	of	
support	revenue	for	all	of	our	client	support	contracts.	We	have	historically	reported	the	value	of	these	backlogs	because	we	believe	
they	are	important	to	our	shareholders’	ability	to	interpret	the	overall	health	of	our	business.	Our	total	backlog	(signed	contracts	with	

(cid:61)(cid:89)(cid:106)(cid:102)(cid:97)(cid:102)(cid:95)(cid:107)(cid:24)(cid:72)(cid:93)(cid:106)(cid:24)(cid:75)(cid:96)(cid:89)(cid:106)(cid:93)
(cid:28)(cid:41)(cid:38)(cid:47)(cid:45)

(cid:191)
(cid:48)(cid:43)(cid:69)
(cid:75)(cid:96)(cid:89)(cid:106)(cid:93)(cid:107)

13

 unrecognized	revenues	and	one	year	of	support	for	all	support	contracts)	ended	2007	at	approximately	$3.25	billion	and	grew	at	
healthy	compounded	annual	rates	of	28%,	27%	and	26%	over	the	past	3,	5	and	10	years.

At	the	core	of	our	business	model	are	our	various	revenue	streams	and	the	contribution	each	stream	makes	toward	the	profitability	
of	Cerner.	The	contribution	is	stated	as	the	recognized	revenue	less	the	direct	cost	to	produce	that	revenue.	On	our	business	model,	
we	 have	 depicted	 six	 revenue	 categories	 that	 roll	 into	 the	 two	 revenue	 line	 items	 on	 our	 income	 statement.	 Licensed  Software,	
Technology,	and	Subscriptions/Transactions make up the System Sales	line	of	our	income	statement,	and	Professional Services,	
Managed Services,	and Support & Maintenance make up the Services, Support & Maintenance line.	Here	is	a	description	of	each	
revenue stream: 

	   Licensed Software. We	develop	and	license	IP	(our	architectures,	application	software,	executable	and	referential	knowledge,	

data	and	algorithms)	to	our	clients.	Our	standard	license	is	perpetual—providing	our	clients	permanent	rights	to	use	the	
software	they	purchase.	This	approach	contrasts	with	the	approach	of	most	of	our	competitors	who	are	always	trying	to	sell	
“upgrades”	to	their	clients.	We	believe	our	approach	is	part	of	the	reason	for	our	leadership	position	and	the	reason	we	have	so	
many	long-term	client	relationships—some	longer	than	20	years.	We	recognize	revenues	from	licensed	software	as	we	achieve	
pre-defined	client	engagement	milestones,	such	as	delivery	and	installation	of	our	software.	In	2007,	this	type	of	revenue	
represented	16%	of	our	total	revenues	with	a	profit	contribution	of	89%.	As	discussed	in	the	shareholder	letter	that	preceded	
this	appendix,	our	software	revenue	declined	in	2007	largely	due	to	much	of	our	client	base	being	focused	on	upgrading	to	a	
new	version	of	our	software.	We	believe	this	upgrade	cycle	will	have	a	smaller	impact	going	forward,	and	we	expect	software	
revenue	to	grow	in	2008.

	   Technology. We	bundle	licensed	software	with	other	companies’	IP	(e.g.,	that	of	HP,	IBM,	Microsoft,	Oracle)	in	the	form	of	

sublicenses	to	create	complete	technology	solutions	for	our	clients.	We	also	resell	bundled	computer	equipment	(hardware)	
from	technology	companies	to	create	a	completely	functional	system.	We	recognize	revenues	from	technology	resale	as	the	
equipment	is	delivered	to	our	clients.	In	2007,	these	revenues	represented	approximately	11%	of	our	total	revenue	with	a	
profit	contribution	of	12%.	Even	at	lower	margins	than	the	rest	of	our	businesses,	technology	resale	is	vital	to	Cerner	as	it	is	a	
driver	of	other	high	margin,	high	visibility	revenue,	such	as	technical	services,	sublicensed	software	support,	and	equipment	
maintenance.	As	discussed	in	the	shareholder	letter,	the	resale	of	hardware	has	been	impacted	by	a	trend	of	our	clients	
electing to have Cerner host their Cerner Millennium® systems instead of buying the hardware upfront from us and hosting 
it	themselves.	This	had	a	particularly	negative	impact	in	the	
second	half	of	2007,	with	hardware	sales	declining	more	than	
20%.	We	believe	traditional	technology	sales	will	continue	to	
be	pressured	by	this	trend,	but	are	focused	on	building	new	
channels	(e.g.,	Global)	and	possibly	reselling	additional	items,	
such as connected medical devices as part of our CareAware™ 
initiative.	This	business	model	will	also	benefit	as	sales	of	our	
RxStation™ medication dispensing units ramp up in coming 
years.	

Cerner 2007 Revenue Mix

Professional
Services
29%

Managed
Services
10%

Support &
Maintenance
26%

	   Subscriptions/Transactions. Another method by which we 

provide IP is based on a subscription model that has a periodic 
usage	charge.	This	is	the	primary	way	we	package	and	provide	
medical	knowledge,	which	changes	based	on	research	and	
can be updated independently from the software in which it 
is	embedded.	Also	included	in	this	category	of	revenue	is	our	
Electronic	Data	Interchange	(EDI)	transaction	revenue.	EDI	is	
the electronic transfer of data between healthcare providers 
and	payers.	Both	the	subscription	and	transaction	model	revenue	streams	are	generally	recognized	monthly,	and	in	2007	they	
represented	6%	of	our	total	revenues	with	a	profit	contribution	of	49%.	

Subscriptions/
Transactions, 6%

Licensed
Software
16%

Reimbursed
Travel, 2%

Technology
11%

	   Professional Services. We	provide	a	wide	range	of	professional	services	to	assist	our	clients	in	the	implementation	of	our	

information	systems	in	their	organizations.	These	services	are	in	the	form	of	project	management,	technical	and	application	
expertise,	and	education	and	training	of	our	clients’	workforce	to	assist	in	the	construction	and	implementation	of	our	systems.	
We	recognize	revenues	associated	with	these	consulting	activities	as	they	are	provided	to	our	clients.	In	2007,	these	revenues	
represented	approximately	29%	of	our	total	revenue	with	a	profit	contribution	of	29%.	We	have	a	number	of	initiatives	in	place	
in	order	to	improve	the	profitability	of	this	element	of	our	business.

	   Managed Services. There	are	some	services	that,	in	certain	circumstances,	we	can	perform	better	and	more	economically	

14

than	our	clients	can	for	themselves.	Over	the	past	several	years,	we	have	begun	to	offer	a	number	of	such	services	through	
our CernerWorksSM organization.	We	currently	offer	a	set	of	technical	services	that	include	Remote	Hosting,	Application	
Management	Services,	Operational	Management	Services,	and	Disaster	Recovery.	Remote	Hosting	is	the	largest	of	these	
offerings,	and	it	involves	Cerner	buying	(out	of	cash	flows)	the	necessary	equipment,	installing	it	in	one	of	our	data	centers,	
and	operating	the	entire	system	on	the	client’s	behalf.	The	revenues	for	this	service	and	our	charge	for	the	equipment	are	
recognized	monthly	as	we	provide	the	services.	Most	of	our	clients	choose	to	own	their	own	software	license,	so	that	portion	
of	the	revenue	is	unchanged.	Cerner	owns	the	equipment,	however,	instead	of	selling	it	upfront	to	the	client;	this	impacts	the	
technology	resale	portion	of	the	revenue.	Managed	Services	represented	10%	of	our	total	revenue	in	2007.	The	profitability	of	
this part of our business is currently at 25% and should increase as the business matures and we are able to operate at optimal 
capacity	and	spread	the	fixed	costs	across	a	larger	revenue	stream.

	   Support & Maintenance.	The	final	portion	of	our	revenue	comes	from	the	ongoing	support	and	maintenance	services	we	

provide	after	our	systems	are	in	use	by	our	client	organizations.	Almost	all	of	our	clients	contract	for	these	services.	Clients	
with	support	contracts	get	24x7	access	to	our	Immediate	Response	Center,	which	serves	as	our	“emergency	room”,	as	well	
as	access	to	a	very	knowledgeable	base	of	associates	in	our	Immediate	Answer	Center	for	less	urgent	issues.	In	addition,	
our	clients’	support	payments	give	them	ongoing	access	to	the	latest	releases	of	our	IP.	Cerner	also	provides	support	for	
sublicensed	software	and	maintenance	for	third-party	hardware.	In	2007,	support	and	maintenance	revenues	represented	
approximately	26%	of	total	revenue	with	a	profit	contribution	of	69%	(note	that	this	profit	contribution	is	before	a	charge	for	
research	and	development,	which	is	treated	as	an	indirect	expense).	

Note	that	the	revenue	categories	discussed	above	add	up	to	98%	of	total	revenue.	The	remaining	2%	is	revenue	from	reimbursed	
travel	expenses	related	to	Cerner	associates	traveling	to	client	locations.	This	revenue	has	a	zero	margin	as	it	is	simply	a	pass-through	
of	our	client-related	travel	expenses	that	are	billed	to	our	clients,	but	which	we	are	required	to	report	as	revenue.

The two large indirect expenses in our business model are the costs of our Research and Development (R&D), which was equal to 
17%	of	revenue	in	2007,	and	the	indirect	portion	of	Selling, General and Administrative (SG&A) activities,	which	represented	15%	
of	revenue	in	2007.	Cerner	has	a	long	history	of	investing	heavily	in	R&D	and	using	that	investment	to	systematically	expand	markets	
to	create	organic	growth.	We	expect	to	invest	at	least	$1	billion	in	R&D	over	the	next	four	to	five	years,	an	investment	we	believe	
is	unmatched	in	our	industry.	Over	the	next	several	years,	we	expect	the	industrial	strength	of	our	Cerner Millennium architecture 
and	the	enactment	of	several	initiatives	designed	to	leverage	our	R&D	investments	to	slow	the	rate	of	increase	in	R&D	spending,	
while	continuing	our	strong	record	of	innovation	and	organic	growth.	Similarly,	we	expect	to	take	advantage	of	our	scalable	business	
infrastructure	to	reduce	the	rate	of	increase	in	SG&A	spending	to	below	our	revenue	growth	rate.	We	expect	this	leverage	to	help	
improve	operating	margins	without	impacting	our	ability	to	develop	and	deliver	new	solutions	to	our	clients.

In	2007,	our	overall	operating	margin	of	$229	million	was	15.1%	of	revenue.	The	remaining	items	in	our	business	model	are	taxes	and	
net	interest	expense	and	other	income,	which	totaled	$84	million	in	2007,	leaving	$145	million	of	net	earnings,	or	$1.75	of	earnings	
per	share.	

Assessment of 2007 Financial Results

We	continued	to	focus	on	three	key	financial	objectives	in	2007:	growing	the	top	line,	expanding	operating	margins	and	generating	
free	cash	flow.	

Growing the Top Line

Cerner	 has	 consistently	 delivered	 strong	 long-term	 revenue	 growth.	
Both	our	new	business	bookings	and	revenue	have	grown	at	double-
digit	 compound	 annual	 rates	 over	 the	 past	 3,	 5	 and	 10-year	 time	
horizons.	 In	 2007,	 we	 grew	 our	 revenue	 at	 10%,	 which	 was	 slightly	
lower than we anticipated due to lower levels of hardware and software 
sales,	 as	 discussed	 in	 the	 shareholder	 letter.	 Notably,	 our	 global	
business had another very strong year with revenue growing 40% and 
increasing	from	15%	to	19%	of	total	revenue.	

In	2008,	we	believe	we	can	deliver	growth	by	selling	into	our	extensive	
client	 base,	 continuing	 to	 gain	 market	 share	 in	 new	 opportunities	
and	 by	 replacing	 competitors.	 Additionally,	 building	 on	 our	 global	
momentum and continuing to expand into new strategic areas provides 
Cerner	many	avenues	for	growth.	Our	CareAware	device	architecture,	

$300

$250

$200

$150

$100

$50

$0

15

Global Revenue
Percentage of Total Revenue

‘02

‘03

‘04

‘05

‘06

‘07

20%

15%

10%

5%

0%

 
 HealtheSM	Employer	Services,	physician	practice	solutions,	and	solutions	and	services	for	the	pharmaceutical	market	are	businesses	
that	continue	to	evolve	and	provide	results.	

Expanding Operating Margins

In	February	of	2004,	we	mapped	out	our	path	from	the	2003	level	of	9%	operating	margins	to	our	target	of	20%.	We	have	made	very	
good	progress	since	then,	with	our	operating	margin	expanding	over	600	basis	points	to	15.1%	in	2007.	Our	2007	progress	was	in	
line	with	what	we	communicated	last	year,	and	we	remain	on	track	to	achieve	20%	operation	margins	in	2009.

Note	that	our	operating	margin	percent	continues	to	be	impacted	by	contracts	with	Fujitsu	and	BT	in	England,	which	are	currently	
being	accounted	for	at	zero	margin	(equal	amounts	of	revenue	and	expense).	In	2007,	our	operating	margin	was	16.1%	after	adjusting	
for	these	contracts.	We	expect	to	begin	recognizing	margin	on	these	contracts	by	2009.	

In	February	2008,	we	updated	our	path	to	20%	operating	margins	to	reflect	actual	results	for	2007.	Below	is	a	description	of	the	key	
elements	of	our	path	to	achieving	20%	operating	margins.	It	assumes	that	the	revenue	from	our	contracts	with	BT	and	Fujitsu	will	
remain	at	zero	margin	through	2008	and	turn	positive	in	2009.	Our	margin	expansion	path	is	based	on	the	assumption	that	we	will	
grow	our	revenue	by	approximately	10%	to	12%	in	2008	and	beyond.	

Path to 20% Operating 
Margins

Actual Contribution Margin

Estimated 
Contribution Margin

Business Model

2005

2006

2007

2008E

2009E

‘08-’09 Cumulative 
Impact on Operating 
Margin

Key Assumptions
  10-12%	revenue	

growth

  United	Kingdom	
revenue	at	zero	

margin through 

2008;	positive	

margins in 2009

  Excludes Options 

Expense

Licensed Software

Technology

Subscriptions/Transactions

Professional Services

Managed Services

Support	&	Maintenance

85%

13%

37%

27%

25%

62%

84%

11%

43%

27%

25%

65%

				R&D	(%	of	Total	Rev.)

(18%)

(18%)

(15%)

				SG&A	(%	of	Total	Rev.)
Operating Margin*
Adj.	Operating	Margin**
*Excludes Options Expense
**Excludes	Options	Expense	and	is	adjusted	for	zero-margin	UK	revenue

14.1%

13.4%

(15%)

89%

12%

49%

29%

25%

69%

(17%)

(15%)

15.1%

16.1%

89%

13%

50%

30%

25%

70%

(16%)

(14%)

17%

18%

89%

14%

51%

32%

26%

72%

(15%)

(13%)

20%

20%

0 bp

21 bp

13 bp

77 bp

10 bp

76 bp

138 bp

140 bp

475 basis points

Highlights	of	the	margin	expansion	drivers	include:

	   Improving Professional Services Margins from 29% in 2007 to 32% by 2009.	We	expect	this	to	contribute	approximately	77	
basis	points	to	Cerner’s	operating	margin.	We	will	continue	to	leverage	our	Solutions	Center	implementation	approach,	which	
has	higher	margins	than	traditional	projects	and	accounted	for	over	20%	of	application	go-lives	in	2007.	Further	efficiencies	are	
expected from initiatives such as our Bedrock® technology which automates much of the implementation and management of 
our Cerner Millennium	information	platform,	and	MethodM®	implementation	approach,	which	provides	standardized	processes	
during	implementation.	These	initiatives	have	the	potential	to	significantly	reduce	the	implementation	costs	for	Cerner	and	
our	clients	while	delivering	more	predictable	outcomes,	allowing	for	margin	expansion	and	a	competitive	advantage	in	the	
marketplace.	Professional	Services	margins	are	also	expected	to	benefit	from	the	ability	to	recognize	margin	on	the	BT	and	
Fujitsu	contracts	in	2009.	

	   Leverage R&D investments, bringing R&D as a percentage of revenue down from 17% to 15% by 2009. We	expect	this	to	
contribute	approximately	138	basis	points	to	Cerner’s	operating	margin.	There	is	meaningful	opportunity	to	generate	margin	
expansion by honing and hardening Cerner Millennium	architecture	and	solutions.	Taking	advantage	of	our	common	platform	
should	allow	us	to	continue	our	record	of	innovation	while	growing	R&D	spending	at	a	rate	that	is	slower	than	our	top-line	
growth	rate.	The	key	to	doing	this	will	be	our	ability	to	extend	our	Cerner Millennium	solutions	to	new	revenue	opportunities,	
such	as	the	global	marketplace,	without	significant	incremental	costs.	Our	operations	in	India	will	also	contribute	to	our	ability	
to	control	the	rate	of	R&D	growth.

	   Leverage Sales, General, and Administrative expenses.	We	expect	this	to	contribute	approximately	140	basis	points	to	

Cerner’s	operating	margin.	We	have	built	a	scalable	business	infrastructure	that	should	allow	us	to	keep	our	SG&A	spending	
growth	rate	lower	than	our	top-line	growth	rate.

	   Expand Margins and grow revenue in Managed Services and Subscriptions/Transactions business models. We	expect	

these	to	contribute	over	20	basis	points	to	Cerner’s	operating	margin.	Both	of	these	business	models	are	relatively	immature,	
but	they	are	experiencing	strong	growth,	and	we	expect	them	both	to	become	more	profitable	as	they	grow	and	the	fixed	costs	

16

associated	with	supporting	them	are	spread	over	a	higher	revenue	base.

	   Increase profitability of Support & Maintenance. We	expect	this	to	contribute	approximately	76	basis	points	to	Cerner’s	
operating	margin.	As	we	have	continued	to	harden	the	Cerner Millennium	platform,	our	incremental	cost	to	support	each	
additional	client	has	declined.	We	expect	this	to	continue,	which	will	allow	us	to	expand	the	profitability	of	this	highly	visible	
revenue	stream.	Support	&	Maintenance	margins	are	also	expected	to	benefit	from	the	ability	to	recognize	margin	on	the	BT	
and	Fujitsu	contracts	in	2009.

	   Increase profitability of Technology Resale. We	expect	this	to	contribute	21	basis	points	to	Cerner’s	operating	margin.	The	
primary driver of this will be focusing on getting better margins on hardware sales and increasing the mix of higher margin 
sublicensed	software	as	a	percent	of	total	technology	resale.

A key point regarding our margin expansion strategy is that we are executing it while our business model is transitioning to more visible 
and	recurring	revenue	components.	For	example,	in	2000,	approximately	55%	of	Cerner’s	revenue	(before	reimbursed	travel)	came	
from	what	we	consider	visible	or	recurring	sources	such	as	Professional	Services,	Managed	Services,	Subscriptions/Transactions,	
and	Support	&	Maintenance.	In	2007,	72%	of	our	revenue	came	from	these	sources.

Earnings Growth

With	10%	top-line	growth	and	strong	margin	expansion,	we	grew	our	earnings	28%	in	2007.	Our	3,	5	and	10-year	compound	annual	
earnings	growth	rates	of	31%	and	23%,	and	25%,	respectively,	reflect	our	ability	to	drive	long-term	earnings	growth.	Going	forward,	
our	top-line	strategies	coupled	with	continued	focus	on	productivity	enhancements	and	margin	expansion	position	us	well	to	grow	
earnings	20%	to	25%	annually.

Generating Cash Flow

A	healthy	business	generates	cash	flow.	Perhaps	our	most	significant	
improvement	 over	 the	 past	 few	 years	 has	 been	 in	 our	 cash	 flow	
performance.	 2007	 was	 another	 solid	 year	 of	 cash	 performance	
with	$275	million	of	operating	cash	flow	and	$28	million	of	free	cash	
flow	(operating	cash	flow	less	capital	expenditures	and	capitalized	
software).	Free	cash	flow	declined	compared	to	2006	due	to	heavy	
investments in our rapidly growing CernerWorks managed services 
business,	 which	 included	 the	 completion	 of	 a	 data	 center	 on	 our	
world	 headquarters	 campus,	 and	 the	 purchase	 and	 build-out	 of	
office	space	in	Kansas	City.	We	expect	free	cash	flow	to	accelerate	
in 2008 with the building of the data center complete and spending 
on	other	office	facilities	expected	to	moderate.	

$350

$300

$250

$200

$150

$100

$50

$0

Stock Price

Operating Cash Flow
Free Cash Flow

‘00

‘01

‘02

‘03

‘04

‘05

‘06

‘07

‘08E

At	Cerner,	we	manage	the	company,	not	the	stock	price.	In	the	short	term,	the	stock	price	can	be	influenced	by	many	factors	beyond	
our	 control,	 but	 we	 believe	 in	 the	 long	 term	 it	 will	 closely	 reflect	 the	 quality	 of	 our	 decisions.	 We	 believe	 it	 is	 important	 for	 our	
shareholders	that	we	focus	on	delivering	strong	long-term	results,	but	we	also	understand	the	importance	of	delivering	consistently	
against	short-term	targets.	We	continue	to	deliver	results	towards	both	of	those	objectives.	In	2007,	Cerner’s	stock	price	finished	the	
year	up	24%.	When	measuring	Cerner’s	stock	performance	over	the	3,	5,	and	10-year	periods	using	compound	annual	growth	rates,	
the	returns	are	28%,	29%,	and	18%,	respectively—significantly	greater	than	the	returns	for	the	NASDAQ	Stock	Market,	which	are	7%,	
15%,	and	5%	respectively.	Year-to-date	in	2008,	both	our	stock	and	the	broader	market	has	declined.	While	we	believe	some	of	the	
decline	in	our	stock	price	is	a	reaction	to	lower	than	expected	revenue	growth	in	our	fourth	quarter,	we	also	believe	the	weakness	
and	uncertainty	in	the	broader	market	has	been	a	major	contributor.	It	is	always	disappointing	to	see	the	stock	price	decline,	but	we	
believe	we	are	doing	the	right	things	to	deliver	long-term	shareholder	value.

17

 
Reconciliation of 2007 GAAP Results to Non-GAAP Results*

($ in millions except Earnings Per Share)

GAAP Operating Earnings

Share-based	compensation	expense

Research	and	Development	write-off

Adjusted Operating Earnings

GAAP Net Earnings

Share-based	compensation	expense

Income	tax	benefit	of	share-based	compensation

Research	and	Development	write-off

Tax	effect	of	Research	and	Development	write-off

Income	tax	benefit	of	change	in	effective	state	income	tax	rate

Income tax expense related to a reduction of foreign deferred tax assets

Operating 
Earnings

$

204

16

9

$

229

Net 
Earnings

$

127

$

16

(6)

9

(3)

(5)

8

Adjusted Net Earnings (non-GAAP)

$

145

$

*More detail on these adjustments and management’s use of Non-GAAP results is in our 2007 Form 10-K and 8-Ks

Operating 
Margin %

13.4%

15.1%

Diluted 
Earnings 
Per Share

1.53

0.19

(0.07)

0.10

(0.04)

(0.06)

0.10

1.75

18

 
ANNUAL REPORT 2007
FORM 10-K

19

 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON,	D.C.	20549
FORM 10-K

( X )  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For	the	fiscal	year	ended:	December 29, 2007

OR

( ) TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ____________ to ____________    

Commission	file	number:	0-15386

CERNER CORPORATION
	(Exact	name	of	registrant	as	specified	in	its	charter)

Delaware 
(State	or	other	jurisdiction	of	
Incorporation	or	organization)	
2800 Rockcreek Parkway 
North Kansas City, MO 
(Address	of	principal	executive	offices)	

43-1196944
(I.R.S.	Employer
Identification	No.)

64117
(Zip	Code)

(816) 221-1024
(Registrant’s	telephone	number,	including	area	code)
None
(Former	name,	former	address	and	former	fiscal	year,	if	changed	since	last	report)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 Common Stock, $.01 par value per share
 (Title of Class)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate	by	check	mark	if	the	registrant	is	a	well-known	seasoned	issuer,	as	defined	in	Rule	405	of	the	Securities	Act.	

Yes	[X]	

No	[ ]

Indicate	by	check	mark	if	the	registrant	is	not	required	to	file	reports	pursuant	to	Section	13	or	Section	15(d)	of	the	Exchange	Act.

Yes	[	]	

No	[X]

Indicate	by	check	mark	whether	the	registrant	(1)	has	filed	all	reports	required	to	be	filed	by	Section	13	or	15(d)	of	the	Securities	Exchange	
Act	of	1934	during	the	preceding	12	months	(or	for	such	shorter	period	that	the	registrant	was	required	to	file	such	reports),	and	(2)	has	
been	subject	to	such	filing	requirements	for	the	past	90	days.	

Yes	[X]	

No	[ ]

Indicate	by	check	mark	if	disclosure	of	delinquent	filers	pursuant	to	Item	405	of	Regulation	S-K	is	not	contained	herein,	and	will	not	be	
contained,	to	the	best	of	registrant’s	knowledge,	in	definitive	proxy	or	information	statements	incorporated	by	reference	in	Part	III	of	this	
Form	10-K	or	any	amendment	to	this	Form	10-K.		[X]

Indicate	by	check	mark	whether	the	registrant	is	a	large	accelerated	filer,	an	accelerated	filer,	a	non-accelerated	filer,	or	a	smaller	reporting	
company.		See	definition	of	“accelerated	filer,”	“large	accelerated	filer”	and	“smaller	reporting	company”	in	Rule	12b-2	of	the	Exchange	Act.
Smaller	reporting	company	[		]
Large	accelerated	filer	[X]	

Non-accelerated	filer		[			]	

Accelerated	filer	[			]	

Indicate	by	check	mark	whether	the	registrant	is	a	shell	company	(as	defined	in	Rule	12b-2	of	the	Exchange	Act).

Yes	[ ]	

No	[X]

Indicate	by	check	mark	whether	the	registrant	is	a	shell	company	(as	defined	in	Rule	12b-2	of	the	Exchange	Act).	

Yes	[			]	

No		[X]

As	of	June	30,	2007,	the	aggregate	market	value	of	the	registrant’s	common	stock	held	by	non-affiliates	of	the	registrant	was	
$3,109,189,402	based	on	the	closing	sale	price	as	reported	on	the	NASDAQ	Global	Market.	

Indicate	the	number	of	shares	outstanding	of	each	of	the	issuer’s	classes	of	common	stock,	as	of	the	latest	practicable	date.

Class 

Outstanding	at	February	22,	2008

[Common	Stock,	$.01	par	value	per	share]	

80,432,828	shares

Document 
Proxy	Statement	for	the	Annual	Shareholders’	Meeting	to	be	held	May	23,	2008	(Proxy	Statement)	

Parts	Into	Which	Incorporated
Part	III

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

20

 
 
	
	
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
  
		
 PART I.
Item 1. Business

Overview

Cerner	 Corporation	 (“Cerner”	 or	 the	 “Company”)	 is	 a	 Delaware	 business	 corporation	 formed	 in	 1980.	 The	 Company’s	 corporate	
headquarters	are	located	at	2800	Rockcreek	Parkway,	North	Kansas	City,	Missouri	64117.	Its	telephone	number	is	816.221.1024.	
The	Company’s	Web	site	address	is	www.cerner.com.	The	Company	makes	available	free	of	charge,	on	or	through	its	Web	site,	its	
annual	report	on	Form	10-K,	quarterly	reports	on	Form	10-Q,	current	reports	on	Form	8-K	and	all	amendments	to	those	reports	as	soon	
as	reasonably	practicable	after	such	material	is	electronically	filed	with	or	furnished	to	the	Securities	and	Exchange	Commission.

Cerner	 is	 a	 supplier	 of	 healthcare	 information	 technology	 (HIT)	 solutions,	 healthcare	 devices	 and	 related	 services.	 Organizations	
ranging	from	single-doctor	practices,	to	hospitals,	to	corporations,	to	local,	regional	and	national	government	agencies	use	Cerner® 
solutions	and	services	to	make	healthcare	safer,	more	efficient	and	of	higher	quality.

The	Company’s	software	solutions	have	been	designed	and	developed	on	the	unified	Cerner Millennium®	architecture.	This	person-
centric	 solution	 framework	 combines	 clinical,	 financial	 and	 management	 information	 systems.	 It	 provides	 secure	 access	 to	 an	
individual’s	electronic	medical	record	at	the	point	of	care	and	organizes	and	proactively	delivers	information	to	meet	the	specific	
needs	of	the	physician,	nurse,	laboratory	technician,	pharmacist	or	other	care	provider,	front-	and	back-office	professionals	and	even	
consumers.	

The Company’s CareAware™ device architecture is designed to bridge the gap between medical devices and patient information by 
connecting	information	from	various	devices	to	the	clinician	workflow	and	electronic	medical	record.	

Cerner	 also	 offers	 a	 broad	 range	 of	 services,	 including	 implementation	 and	 training,	 remote	 hosting,	 operational	 management	
services,	 support	 and	 maintenance,	 healthcare	 data	 analysis,	 clinical	 process	 optimization,	 transaction	 processing	 for	 physician	
practices	and	employer	health	plan	third	party	administrator	(TPA)	services.	

The Healthcare and Healthcare IT Industry

There	are	several	trends	the	Company	believes	create	a	positive	market	environment	for	HIT.	

Healthcare	 spending	 continues	 to	 expand.	 The	 nonpartisan	 Congressional	 Budget	 Office	 projects	 that,	 if	 left	 unchecked,	 total	
spending	on	healthcare	in	the	United	States	would	rise	from	16	percent	of	the	gross	national	product	in	2007	to	25	percent	in	2025.	
HIT	is	one	of	the	few	answers.	A	study	by	RAND	Corp.	published	in	October	2005	found	that	widespread	adoption	of	HIT	could	cut	the	
total	cost	of	healthcare	by	about	10	percent.	

Problems	 in	 the	 quality	 of	 healthcare	 also	 drive	 interest	 in	 HIT.	 In	 July	 2007,	 Health  and  Hospital  Networks,	 a	 publication	 of	 the	
American	Hospital	Association,	released	its	annual	list	of	the	nation’s	100	Most	Wired	Hospitals	and	Health	Systems.	Survey	results	
indicate	the	hospitals	with	good	quality	results	also	are	dedicated	to	HIT.	These	Most	Wired	Hospitals	lead	the	nation	in	electronic	
ordering	and	bedside	medication	matching	to	reduce	the	number	of	potential	medication	errors.	We	believe	these	results	provide	
incentive	for	more	hospitals	to	adopt	HIT.	

Another	factor	we	believe	is	favorable	for	the	HIT	industry	in	the	United	States	is	the	continued	focus	by	Centers	for	Medicare	and	
Medicaid	Services	(CMS)	and	other	payers	on	linking	medical	care	payments	to	quality	and	safety,	an	approach	commonly	referred	
to	 as	 “pay	 for	 performance.”	 Some	 pay	 for	 performance	 plans	 offer	 additional	 reimbursement	 for	 healthcare	 providers	 that	 can	
demonstrate	 high	 levels	 of	 quality	 and	 safety.	 Based	 on	 CMS’	 final	 rule	 for	 changes	 to	 the	 2008	 inpatient	 prospective	 payment	
system	(IPPS),	there	will	also	be	instances	where	providers	are	not	paid	for	treatment	of	conditions	acquired	while	in	the	hospital	if	the	
condition	is	deemed	reasonably	preventable	through	the	application	of	evidence-based	guidelines.	This	change,	effective	in	October	
2008,	is	positive	for	the	HIT	industry	because	ensuring	compliance	with	evidence-based	guidelines	is	easier	for	organizations	with	
an	HIT	system.	Additionally,	an	expected	increase	in	the	number	of	Diagnosis-Related	Groups	(DRGs)	that	are	used	to	determine	how	
much	providers	are	reimbursed	for	providing	care	will	also	contribute	to	the	need	for	HIT	systems	that	can	be	used	to	more	efficiently	
and	accurately	document	and	accurately	submit	care	for	reimbursement.

As	the	United	States	enters	the	2008	presidential	election	year,	rising	costs	and	varying	quality	have	solidified	healthcare	as	a	tier-
one	issue.	Presidential	candidates	in	both	parties	favor	using	HIT	to	create	efficiencies	in	the	system	and	address	the	underlying	
issue	of	chronic	illness.	While	there	is	bipartisan	recognition	of	the	benefits	of	HIT,	we	do	not	foresee	a	scenario	in	which	the	United	
States	government	would	invest	a	significant	amount	of	money	directly	in	HIT,	and	we	cannot	predict	how	healthcare	will	be	impacted	
by	the	upcoming	election.

Increasing	healthcare	spending	and	challenges	in	the	quality	and	efficiencies	of	care	are	not	isolated	to	the	United	States.	Most	other	

21

 countries	are	experiencing	similar	trends,	a	fact	that	creates	a	favorable	environment	internationally	for	HIT	solutions	and	related	
services.

Reflective	of	these	favorable	national	and	global	trends,	the	HIT	market	remains	very	competitive.	The	market	could	be	impacted	
by	factors	such	as	changes	in	reimbursement	rates	to	hospitals	and	physicians,	a	slowdown	in	adoption	of	HIT	and	changes	in	the	
political,	economic	and	regulatory	environment.	

Cerner Vision 

Cerner’s	vision	has	evolved	from	a	fundamental	thought:	Healthcare	should	revolve	around	the	individual,	not	the	encounter.	This	
concept	 led	 to	 Cerner’s	 vision	 of	 a	 Community	 Health	 Model	 and	 the	 creation	 of	 the	 unified	 Cerner  Millennium	 architecture,	 the	
Company’s	person-centric,	enterprise-wide	architecture.	The	Community	Health	Model	encompasses	four	steps:

Automate the Care Process
Cerner	offers	a	longitudinal,	person-centric	electronic	medical	record,	giving	clinicians	electronic	access	to	the	right	information	at	
the	right	time	and	place	to	achieve	the	optimal	health	outcome.

Connect the Person
Cerner	is	dedicated	to	building	a	personal	health	system.	Medical	information	and	care	regimens	accessible	from	home	empower	
consumers	to	effectively	manage	their	conditions	and	adhere	to	treatment	plans,	creating	a	new	medium	between	physicians	and	
individuals.

Structure the Knowledge
Cerner	is	dedicated	to	building	systems	that	help	bring	the	best	science	to	every	medical	decision	by	structuring,	storing	and	studying	
the	content	surrounding	each	care	episode	to	achieve	optimal	clinical	and	financial	outcomes.

Close the Loop
Incorporating	 a	 medical	 discovery	 into	 daily	 practice	 can	 take	 as	 long	 as	 10	 years.	 Cerner	 is	 dedicated	 to	 building	 systems	 that	
implement	evidence-based	medicine,	reducing	the	average	time	from	the	discovery	of	an	improved	method	to	the	change	in	the	
standard	of	care.

As	more	elements	of	this	vision	continue	to	evolve,	Cerner	expects	medicine	will	become	increasingly	personalized	and	technology	
more	accessible.	As	such,	Cerner’s	vision	has	evolved	to	include	services	that	help	large	user	communities:

	   Connect	all	stakeholders	in	the	healthcare	system,	including	payers	(employers,	government),	providers,	and	consumers

	   Remove	clinical,	financial	and	administrative	friction

	   Create	a	secure,	transparent,	open	network	for	data	sharing	to	improve	disease	management	and	facilitate	personalized	

medicine

Achieving this vision will require continued leverage of the Cerner Millennium architecture and ongoing expansion of our solutions and 
services,	as	discussed	below	under	“Cerner	Strategy	and	Execution.”

Cerner Strategy and Execution

Key	elements	of	the	Company’s	business	strategy	include:

	   Leverage	the	unified	Cerner Millennium architecture and the depth and breadth of Cerner solutions to continue expanding 

market share

	   Increase penetration of both large health systems and independent hospitals

	   Cross-sell	additional	Cerner solutions and services to our existing client base

	   Increase	penetration	of	physician	practices	by	offering	a	high-value	suite	of	solutions	with	low	up-front	and	recurring	costs

	   Continue	to	expand	presence	in	non-U.S.	markets

	   Use our extensive clinical databases to help pharmaceutical companies monitor safety and speed drug approval 

	   Reduce	friction	in	healthcare	through	more	efficient	payment	for	services	and	by	creating	innovative	solutions	for	employers

	   Connect healthcare devices

To	execute	upon	many	of	the	strategy	elements	listed	above,	we	intend	to	continue	developing	innovative	solutions	and	services	that	
leverage	the	Company’s	technology	and	human	capital	expertise	and	drive	continued	organic	revenue	growth,	such	as:	

	   HealtheSM	employer	services,	innovative	solutions	for	employers,	such	as	employer	health	plan	third	party	administrator	

22

services	and	employer-based	primary	care	clinics.

	   Healthcare	device	innovation,	including	Cerner’s	CareAware device connectivity platform and RxStation™ medication 

dispensing	devices.

	   Millennium Lighthouse®	clinical	process	optimization,	a	consulting	practice	that	interacts	with	clients	to	determine	previously	

unidentified	and	unconnected	relationships	among	healthcare	processes	and	outcomes.

	   Solutions	and	services	that	leverage	the	clinical	data	being	captured	in	the	digital	healthcare	environment,	such	as	Health 

Facts®,	a	data	warehouse	of	more	than	35	million	clinical	encounters	that	can	be	used	to	help	draw	meaningful	relationships	
between	pharmaceutical	therapies	and	resulting	clinical	outcomes.

	   PowerWorks®	physician	practice	solutions,	a	low-cost,	high-value	suite	of	remote-hosted	offerings	for	physician	practices’	

clinical	and	revenue	cycle	needs.

	   Our new PACS (Picture Archiving Communication System) Cerner ProVision®	workstation	that	strengthens	our	unified	

enterprise-wide	imaging	offering	and	reduces	our	reliance	on	third	parties.

We	also	remain	focused	on	offering	more	efficient	and	predictable	implementations	and	systems	that	can	be	operated	at	lower	costs	
to	reduce	total	cost	of	ownership	for	our	clients.	We	are	accomplishing	this	through:

	   Bedrock®	technology,	which	automates	the	implementation	and	management	of	the	Cerner Millennium	information	platform.

	   CernerWorksSM	managed	services,	which	allow	Cerner	to	manage	complexity	and	technology	risks	for	clients	through	remote	

hosting	while	providing	increased	availability,	system	security	and	predictable,	lower	cost	of	operations.

	   Our MethodM® implementation	approach,	which	is	our	best	practice	methodology	for	working	with	clients	to	deliver	value	

through implementation of Cerner Millennium solutions.

	   Our Lights On NetworkSM	surveillance	system	that	identifies	system	performance	issues	in	real	time	and	has	the	ability	to	

predict	issues	that	could	create	system	vulnerability.	In	the	future,	we	plan	for	the	Lights On Network	system	to	include	real-
time	clinical	and	revenue	cycle	dashboards	and	ultimately	create	a	real-time,	evidence-based	network.

In	summary,	our	business	strategy	is	to	deliver	the	optimal	client	experience	and	to	pursue	and	deliver	continued	innovation	that	will	
allow our important relationships with existing clients to continue growing while also creating opportunities to establish new client 
relationships.	

Software Development 

Cerner  continues  to  build  upon  the  success  of  the  Cerner  Millennium  2007  software  release  that  became  generally  available  in 
late	2006.	Our	client	base	has	been	rapidly	adopting	the	release,	and	based	on	feedback	from	clients,	Cerner	decided	to	leverage	
the Cerner Millennium 2007	platform	for	all	future	innovations	and	enhancements	through	the	end	of	the	decade.	Understanding	
the	effort	involved	with	major	release	upgrades	and	the	impact	on	our	clients,	this	strategy	will	allow	clients	already	using	Cerner 
Millennium	2007	to	take	advantage	of	new	enhancements	and	functionality	without	requiring	a	major	code	upgrade.	

We	commit	significant	resources	to	developing	new	health	information	system	solutions.	As	of	December	29,	2007,	approximately	
2,600	associates	were	engaged	in	research	and	development	activities.	Total	expenditures	for	the	development	and	enhancement	
of  our  software  solutions  and  RxStation	 medication	 dispensing	 devices	 were	 approximately	 $283,086,000,	 $262,163,000	 and	
$225,606,000	during	the	2007,	2006	and	2005	fiscal	years,	respectively.	These	figures	include	both	capitalized	and	non-capitalized	
portions	and	exclude	amounts	amortized	for	financial	reporting	purposes.	

As	discussed	above,	continued	investment	in	research	and	development	remains	a	core	element	of	Cerner’s	strategy.	This	will	include	
ongoing	enhancement	of	our	core	solutions	and	development	of	new	solutions	and	services.

The Company is committed to maintaining open attributes in its system architecture to achieve operability in a diverse set of technical 
and	 application	 environments.	 The	 Company	 strives	 to	 design	 its	 systems	 to	 co-exist	 with	 disparate	 applications	 developed	 and	
supported	by	other	suppliers.	

Sales and Marketing 

The markets for Cerner	HIT	solutions,	healthcare	devices	and	services	include	integrated	delivery	networks,	physician	groups	and	
networks,	 managed	 care	 organizations,	 hospitals,	 medical	 centers,	 free-standing	 reference	 laboratories,	 home	 health	 agencies,	
blood	banks,	imaging	centers,	pharmacies,	pharmaceutical	manufacturers,	employers	and	public	health	organizations.	To	date,	a	
substantial	portion	of	system	sales	have	been	in	clinical	solutions	in	hospital-based	provider	organizations.	The Cerner Millennium 
architecture	is	highly	scalable.	Organizations	ranging	from	several-doctor	physician	practices,	to	community	hospitals,	to	complex	
integrated	delivery	networks,	to	local,	regional	and	national	government	agencies	use	our	Cerner Millennium	solutions.	

23

 
 We	design	all	Cerner Millennium	solutions	to	operate	on	HP	or	IBM	platforms,	allowing	Cerner	to	be	price	competitive	across	the	
full	size	and	organizational	structure	range	of	healthcare	providers.	The	sale	of	a	Cerner software health information system usually 
takes	approximately	nine	to	18	months,	from	the	time	of	initial	contact	to	the	signing	of	a	contract.	

Our	executive	marketing	management	is	located	in	our	North	Kansas	City,	Missouri	headquarters,	while	our	client	representatives	
are	deployed	across	the	United	States	and	globally.	In	addition	to	the	U.S.,	the	Company,	through	subsidiaries	and	joint	ventures,	has	
sales	associates	and/or	offices	in	Australia,	Canada,	England,	France,	Germany,	China	(Hong	Kong),	India,	Ireland,	Malaysia,	Saudi	
Arabia,	 Singapore,	 Spain	 and	 the	 United	 Arab	 Emirates.	 Cerner’s	 consolidated	 revenues	 include	 non-U.S	 sales	 of	 $290,677,000,	
$207,367,000	and	$113,317,000	for	the	2007,	2006	and	2005	fiscal	years,	respectively.

The Company supports its sales force with technical personnel who perform demonstrations of Cerner solutions and services and 
assist	 clients	 in	 determining	 the	 proper	 hardware	 and	 software	 configurations.	 The	 Company’s	 primary	 direct	 marketing	 strategy	
is	to	generate	sales	contacts	from	its	existing	client	base	and	through	presentations	at	industry	seminars	and	tradeshows.	Cerner	
markets the PowerWorks	solutions,	offered	on	a	subscription	basis,	directly	to	the	physician	practice	market	using	telemarketing	and	
through existing acute care clients that are looking to extend Cerner	solutions	to	affiliated	physicians.	Cerner	attends	a	number	of	
major	tradeshows	each	year	and	sponsors	executive	user	conferences,	which	feature	industry	experts	who	address	the	HIT	needs	of	
large	healthcare	organizations.

Client Services 

Substantially all of Cerner’s	HIT	software	solutions	clients	enter	into	software	maintenance	agreements	with	us	for	support	of	their	
Cerner	systems.	In	addition	to	immediate	software	support	in	the	event	of	problems,	these	agreements	allow	clients	the	use	of	new	
releases of the Cerner	solutions	covered	by	maintenance	agreements.	Each	client	has	24-hour	access	to	the	client	support	team	
located	at	Cerner’s	world	headquarters	in	North	Kansas	City,	Missouri	and	the	Company’s	global	support	organization	in	England.

Most	 Cerner	 clients	 who	 buy	 hardware	 through	 Cerner	 also	 enter	 into	 hardware	 maintenance	 agreements	 with	 Cerner.	 These	
arrangements	normally	provide	for	a	fixed	monthly	fee	for	specified	services.	In	the	majority	of	cases,	Cerner	subcontracts	hardware	
maintenance	to	the	hardware	manufacturer.	Cerner	also	offers	a	set	of	managed	services	that	include	remote	hosting,	operational	
management	services	and	disaster	recovery.

Backlog
At	 December	 29,	 2007,	 Cerner	 had	 a	 contract	 backlog	 of	 approximately	 $2,712,195,000	 as	 compared	 to	 approximately	
$2,194,460,000	at	December	30,	2006.	Such	backlog	represents	system	sales	and	services	from	signed	contracts	that	have	not	
yet	been	recognized	as	revenue.	At	December	29,	2007,	the	Company	had	approximately	$129,604,000	of	contracts	receivable	
compared	 to	 $132,748,000	 at	 the	 end	 of	 2006,	 which	 represents	 revenues	 recognized	 but	 not	 yet	 billable	 under	 the	 terms	 of	
the	 contract.	 At	 December	 29,	 2007,	 Cerner	 had	 a	 software	 support	 and	 maintenance	 backlog	 of	 approximately	 $541,095,000	
as	compared	to	approximately	$469,473,000	at	December	30,	2006.	Such	backlog	represents	contracted	software	support	and	
hardware	maintenance	services	for	a	period	of	12	months.	The	Company	estimates	that	approximately	39	percent	of	the	aggregate	
backlog	at	December	29,	2007	of	$3,253,290,000	will	be	recognized	as	revenue	during	2008.	

Competition 
The	market	for	HIT	solutions,	devices	and	services	is	intensely	competitive,	rapidly	evolving	and	subject	to	rapid	technological	change.	
Our	principal	existing	competitors	in	the	healthcare	solutions	and	services	market	include:	Computer	Programs	and	Systems,	Inc.,	
Eclipsys	 Corporation,	 Epic	 Systems	 Corporation,	 GE	 Healthcare	 Technologies,	 iSoft	 Corporation,	 McKesson	 Corporation,	 Medical	
Information	Technology,	Inc.	(“Meditech”),	Misys	Healthcare	Systems	and	Siemens	Medical	Solutions	Health	Services	Corporation,	
each	of	which	offers	a	suite	of	software	solutions	that	compete	with	many	of	our	software	solutions	and	services.	Other	competitors	
focus	on	only	a	portion	of	the	market	that	Cerner	addresses.	For	example,	competitors	such	as	Cap	Gemini,	Computer	Sciences	Corp.,	
Deloitte	&	Touche,	IBM	Corporation	and	Perot	Systems	offer	HIT	services	that	compete	directly	with	our	consulting	services.	Allscripts	
Healthcare	Solutions,	Inc.,	athenahealth,	Inc.,	eClinicalWorks,	Inc.,	Emdeon	Corporation	and	Quality	Systems,	Inc.	offer	solutions	to	
the	physician	practice	market	but	do	not	currently	have	a	significant	presence	in	the	health	systems	and	independent	hospital	market.	
We	view	our	principal	competitors	in	the	healthcare	device	market	to	include:	Cardinal	Health,	Inc.,	McKesson	Corporation,	Omnicell,	
Inc.	and	Royal	Philips	Electronics;	and	we	view	our	principal	competitors	in	the	healthcare	transactions	market	to	include:	Accenture,	
Emdeon	Corporation,	McKesson	Corporation,	ProxyMed,	Inc.	and	The	TriZetto	Group,	Inc.,	with	almost	all	of	these	competitors	being	
substantially	larger	or	having	more	experience	and	market	share	than	us	in	their	respective	market.	In	addition,	we	expect	that	major	
software	information	systems	companies,	large	information	technology	consulting	service	providers	and	system	integrators,	start-up	
companies,	managed	care	companies	and	others	specializing	in	the	healthcare	industry	may	offer	competitive	software	solutions,	
devices	or	services.	The	pace	of	change	in	the	HIT	market	is	rapid	and	there	are	frequent	new	software	solution,	device	or	service	
introductions,	enhancements	and	evolving	industry	standards	and	requirements.	We	believe	that	the	principal	competitive	factors	

24

 in	this	market	include	the	breadth	and	quality	of	solution	and	service	offerings,	the	stability	of	the	solution	provider,	the	features	
and	 capabilities	 of	 the	 information	 systems	 and	 devices,	 the	 ongoing	 support	 for	 the	 systems	 and	 devices	 and	 the	 potential	 for	
enhancements	and	future	compatible	software	solutions	and	devices.

Number of Employees (“Associates”)
As	of	December	29,	2007,	the	Company	employed	7,873	associates	worldwide.

Operating Segments
Information	about	the	Company’s	operating	segments	may	be	found	in	Note	12	to	the	financial	statements.

Geographic Areas
Information  about  the  Company’s  geographic  areas  may  be  found  in  Item  7  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial 
Condition	and	Results	of	Operation	below	and	in	Note	12	to	the	financial	statements.

Item 1A. Risk Factors
Risks Related to Cerner Corporation

We  may  be  subject  to  product-related  liabilities.  Many	 of	 our	 software	 solutions,	 healthcare	 devices	 or	 services	 (including	 life	
sciences/research	services)	provide	data	for	use	by	healthcare	providers	in	providing	care	to	patients.	No	claims	have	been	brought	
against	 us	 to	 date	 regarding	 injuries	 related	 to	 the	 use	 of	 our	 software	 solutions,	 healthcare	 devices	 or	 services	 (including	 life	
sciences/research	services),	but	such	claims	may	be	made	in	the	future.	Although	we	maintain	liability	insurance	coverage	in	an	
amount	that	we	believe	is	sufficient	for	our	business,	there	can	be	no	assurance	that	such	coverage	will	cover	a	particular	claim	that	
may	be	brought	in	the	future,	prove	to	be	adequate	or	that	such	coverage	will	continue	to	remain	available	on	acceptable	terms,	if	
at	all.	A	successful	material	claim	brought	against	us,	if	uninsured	or	under-insured,	could	materially	harm	our	business,	results	of	
operations	and	financial	condition.

We may be subject to claims for system errors and warranties. Our	software	solutions	and	healthcare	devices,	particularly	the	
Cerner  Millennium	 versions,	 are	 very	 complex.	 As	 with	 complex	 software	 solutions	 and	 devices	 offered	 by	 others,	 our	 software	
solutions	and	healthcare	devices	may	contain	coding	or	other	errors,	especially	when	first	introduced.	Although	we	conduct	extensive	
testing,	we	have	discovered	errors	in	our	software	solutions	and	healthcare	devices	after	their	introduction.	Our	software	solutions	
and healthcare devices are intended for use in collecting and displaying clinical information used in the diagnosis and treatment of 
patients.	Therefore,	users	of	our	software	solutions	and	healthcare	devices	have	a	greater	sensitivity	to	errors	than	the	market	for	
software	products	and	devices	generally.	Our	client	agreements	typically	provide	warranties	concerning	material	errors	and	other	
matters.	Failure	of	a	client’s	Cerner software solutions and/or healthcare devices to meet these warranties could constitute a material 
breach	under	the	client	agreement,	allowing	the	client	to	terminate	the	agreement	and	possibly	obtain	a	refund	and/or	damages,	
or	might	require	us	to	incur	additional	expense	in	order	to	make	the	software	solution	or	healthcare	device	meet	these	criteria.	Our	
client	agreements	generally	limit	our	liability	arising	from	such	claims	but	such	limits	may	not	be	enforceable	in	certain	jurisdictions	
or	circumstances.	A	successful	material	claim	brought	against	us,	if	uninsured	or	under-insured,	could	materially	harm	our	business,	
results	of	operations	and	financial	condition.	

We may experience interruption at our data centers or client support facilities. We	perform	data	center	and/or	hosting	services	
for	certain	clients,	including	the	storage	of	critical	patient	and	administrative	data.	In	addition,	we	provide	support	services	to	our	
clients	through	various	client	support	facilities.	We	have	invested	in	many	reliability	features	such	as	multiple	power	feeds,	multiple	
backup	generators	and	redundant	telecommunications	lines,	as	well	as	technical	and	physical	security	safeguards,	and	structured	
our	operations	to	substantially	reduce	the	likelihood	of	disruptions.	However,	complete	failure	of	all	generators,	impairment	of	all	
telecommunications	lines,	severe	damage	(environmental,	accidental,	intentional	or	pandemic)	to	the	buildings,	the	equipment	inside	
the	buildings	housing	our	data	centers,	the	client	data	contained	therein	and/or	the	personnel	trained	to	operate	such	facilities	could	
cause	a	disruption	in	operations	and	negatively	impact	clients	who	depend	on	us	for	data	center	and	system	support	services.	Any	
interruption	in	operations	at	our	data	centers	and/or	client	support	facilities	could	damage	our	reputation,	cause	us	to	lose	existing	
clients,	hurt	our	ability	to	obtain	new	clients,	result	in	revenue	loss,	create	potential	liabilities	for	our	clients	and	us	and	increase	
insurance	and	other	operating	costs.

Our  proprietary  technology  may  be  subject  to  claims  for  infringement  or  misappropriation  of  intellectual  property  rights  of 
others,  or  may  be  infringed  or  misappropriated  by  others.  We	 rely	 upon	 a	 combination	 of	 license	 agreements,	 confidentiality	
procedures,	employee	nondisclosure	agreements,	confidentiality	agreements	with	third	parties	and	technical	measures	to	maintain	
the	 confidentiality	 and	 trade	 secrecy	 of	 our	 proprietary	 information.	 We	 also	 rely	 on	 trademark	 and	 copyright	 laws	 to	 protect	 our	
intellectual	property	rights	in	the	United	States	and	abroad.	We	have	initiated	a	patent	program	but	currently	have	a	limited	patent	

25

 portfolio	in	the	United	States	and	abroad.	Despite	our	protective	measures	and	intellectual	property	rights,	we	may	not	be	able	to	
adequately	protect	against	copying,	reverse-engineering,	 misappropriation,	infringement	 or	unauthorized	use	or	disclosure	of	our	
intellectual	property.

In	 addition,	 we	 could	 be	 subject	 to	 intellectual	 property	 infringement	 or	 misappropriation	 claims	 as	 the	 number	 of	 competitors,	
patents	and	patent	enforcement	organizations	in	the	HIT	market	increases,	the	functionality	of	our	software	solutions	and	services	
expands,	and	we	enter	new	markets	such	as	healthcare	device	innovation,	healthcare	transactions	and	life	sciences.	These	claims,	
even	if	not	meritorious,	could	be	expensive	to	defend.	If	we	become	liable	to	third	parties	for	infringing	or	misappropriating	their	
intellectual	property	rights,	we	could	be	required	to	pay	a	substantial	damage	award,	develop	alternative	technology,	obtain	a	license	
and/or	cease	using,	selling,	licensing,	implementing	and	supporting	the	solutions,	devices	and	services	that	violate	the	intellectual	
property	rights.

We are subject to risks associated with our non-U.S. operations. We	market,	sell	and	service	our	solutions,	devices	and	services	
globally.	 We	 have	 established	 offices	 around	 the	 world,	 including	 in:	 the	 Americas,	 Europe,	 the	 Middle	 East	 and	 the	 Asia	 Pacific	
region.	 We	 will	 continue	 to	 expand	 our	 non-U.S.	 operations	 and	 enter	 new	 global	 markets.	 This	 expansion	 will	 require	 significant	
management	attention	and	financial	resources	to	develop	successful	direct	and	indirect	non-U.S.	sales	and	support	channels.	Our	
business	is	generally	transacted	in	the	local	functional	currency.	In	some	countries,	our	success	will	depend	in	part	on	our	ability	to	
form	relationships	with	local	partners.	There	is	a	risk	that	we	may	sometimes	choose	the	wrong	partner.	For	these	reasons,	we	may	
not	be	able	to	maintain	or	increase	non-U.S.	market	demand	for	our	solutions,	devices	and	services.

Non-U.S.	operations	are	subject	to	inherent	risks,	and	our	future	results	could	be	adversely	affected	by	a	variety	of	uncontrollable	and	
changing	factors.	These	include,	but	are	not	limited	to:

	   Greater	difficulty	in	collecting	accounts	receivable	and	longer	collection	periods

	   Difficulties	and	costs	of	staffing	and	managing	non-U.S.	operations

	   The impact of global economic conditions

	   Unfavorable or changing foreign currency exchange rates

	   Certification,	licensing	or	regulatory	requirements	

	   Unexpected changes in regulatory requirements

	   Changes to or reduced protection of intellectual property rights in some countries

	   Inability	to	obtain	necessary	financing	on	reasonable	terms	to	adequately	support	non-U.S.	operations	and	expansion

	   Potentially adverse tax consequences

	   Different or additional functionality requirements

	   Trade protection measures

	   Export control regulations

	   Service provider and government spending patterns

	   Natural	disasters,	war	or	terrorist	acts

	   Poor selection of a partner in a country

	   Political conditions which may impact sales or threaten the safety of associates or our continued presence in these countries

Our  failure  to  effectively  hedge  exposure  to  fluctuations  in  foreign  currency  exchange  rates  could  unfavorably  affect  our 
performance.  We	 utilize	 derivative	 instruments	 to	 hedge	 our	 exposure	 to	 fluctuations	 in	 foreign	 currency	 exchange	 rates.	 Some	
of	 these	 instruments	 and	 contracts	 may	 involve	 elements	 of	 market	 and	 credit	 risk	 in	 excess	 of	 the	 amounts	 recognized	 in	 the	
Consolidated	 Financial	 Statements.	 For	 additional	 information	 about	 risk	 on	 financial	 instruments,	 see	 Item	 7	 Management’s	
Discussion	and	Analysis	of	Financial	Condition	and	Results	of	Operation	under	Market	Risk.	Further,	our	financial	results	from	non-
U.S.	operations	may	decrease	if	we	fail	to	execute	or	improperly	hedge	our	exposure	to	currency	fluctuations.

Our success depends upon the recruitment and retention of key  personnel.  To	remain	 competitive	in	 our	 industries,	we	must	
attract,	 motivate	 and	 retain	 highly	 skilled	 managerial,	 sales,	 marketing,	 consulting	 and	 technical	 personnel,	 including	 executives,	
consultants,	programmers	and	systems	architects	skilled	in	the	HIT,	healthcare	devices,	healthcare	transactions	and	life	sciences	
industries	and	the	technical	environments	in	which	our	solutions,	devices	and	services	are	needed.	Competition	for	such	personnel	
in	our	industries	is	intense	in	both	the	United	States	and	abroad.	Our	failure	to	attract	additional	qualified	personnel	to	meet	our	
non-U.S.	personnel	needs	could	have	a	material	adverse	effect	on	our	prospects	for	long-term	growth.	Our	success	is	dependent	

26

 to	a	significant	degree	on	the	continued	contributions	of	key	management,	sales,	marketing,	consulting	and	technical	personnel.	
The	unexpected	loss	of	key	personnel	could	have	a	material	adverse	impact	to	our	business	and	results	of	operations,	and	could	
potentially	inhibit	development	and	delivery	of	our	solutions,	devices	and	services	and	market	share	advances.	

We  rely  significantly  on  third  party  suppliers.  We	 license	 or	 purchase	 intellectual	 property	 and	 technology	 (such	 as	 software,	
hardware	and	content)	from	third	parties,	including	some	competitors,	and	incorporate	software,	hardware,	and/or	content	into	or	
sell	it	in	conjunction	with	our	solutions,	devices	and	services,	some	of	which	are	critical	to	the	operation	and	delivery	of	our	solutions,	
devices	and	services.	If	any	of	the	third	party	suppliers	were	to	change	product	offerings,	significantly	increase	prices	or	terminate	
our	licenses	or	supply	contracts,	we	might	need	to	seek	alternative	suppliers	and	incur	additional	internal	or	external	development	
costs	to	ensure	continued	performance	of	our	solutions,	devices	and	services.	Such	alternatives	may	not	be	available	on	attractive	
terms,	or	may	not	be	as	widely	accepted	or	as	effective	as	the	intellectual	property	or	technology	provided	by	our	existing	suppliers.	
If	the	cost	of	licensing,	purchasing	or	maintaining	the	third	party	intellectual	property	or	technology	significantly	increases,	our	gross	
margin	levels	could	significantly	decrease.	In	addition,	interruption	in	functionality	of	our	solutions,	devices	and	services	as	a	result	
of	changes	in	third	party	suppliers	could	adversely	affect	future	sales	of	solutions,	devices	and	services.

We intend to continue strategic business acquisitions which are subject to inherent risks. In	order	to	expand	our	solutions,	device	
offerings	and	services	and	grow	our	market	and	client	base,	we	may	continue	to	seek	and	complete	strategic	business	acquisitions	
that	we	believe	are	complementary	to	our	business.	Acquisitions	have	inherent	risks	which	may	have	a	material	adverse	effect	on	
our	business,	financial	condition,	operating	results	or	prospects,	including,	but	not	limited	to:	1)	failure	to	successfully	integrate	the	
business	and	financial	operations,	services,	intellectual	property,	solutions	or	personnel	of	the	acquired	business;	2)	diversion	of	
management’s	attention	from	other	business	concerns;	3)	entry	into	markets	in	which	we	have	little	or	no	direct	prior	experience;	
4)	 failure	 to	 achieve	 projected	 synergies	 and	 performance	 targets;	 5)	 loss	 of	 clients	 or	 key	 personnel	 of	 the	 acquired	 business;	
6)	 incurrence	 of	 debt	 and/or	 assumption	 of	 known	 and	 unknown	 liabilities;	 7)	 write-off	 of	 software	 development	 costs,	 goodwill,	
client	lists	and	amortization	of	expenses	related	to	intangible	assets;	8)	dilutive	issuances	of	equity	securities;	and,	9)	accounting	
deficiencies	that	could	arise	in	connection	with,	or	as	a	result	of,	the	acquisition	of	the	acquired	company,	including	issues	related	to	
internal	control	over	financial	reporting	and	the	time	and	cost	associated	with	remedying	such	deficiencies.	If	we	fail	to	successfully	
integrate	acquired	businesses	or	fail	to	implement	our	business	strategies	with	respect	to	these	acquisitions,	we	may	not	be	able	to	
achieve	projected	results	or	support	the	amount	of	consideration	paid	for	such	acquired	businesses.	

Risks Related to the Healthcare Information Technology, Healthcare Device and Healthcare Transaction 
Industry

The healthcare industry is subject to changing political, economic and regulatory influences.	For	example,	the	Health	Insurance	
Portability	and	Accountability	Act	of	1996	(HIPAA)	continues	to	have	a	direct	impact	on	the	healthcare	industry	by	requiring	identifiers	
and	 standardized	 transactions/code	 sets	 and	 necessary	 security	 and	 privacy	 measures	 in	 order	 to	 ensure	 the	 appropriate	 level	
of	 privacy	 of	 protected	 health	 information.	 These	 regulatory	 factors	 affect	 the	 purchasing	 practices	 and	 operation	 of	 healthcare	
organizations.	Federal	and	state	legislatures	have	periodically	considered	programs	to	reform	or	amend	the	U.S.	healthcare	system	
at	both	the	federal	and	state	level	and	to	change	healthcare	financing	and	reimbursement	systems.	These	programs	may	contain	
proposals	to	increase	 governmental	 involvement	 in	 healthcare,	 lower	 reimbursement	 rates	 or	 otherwise	change	 the	 environment	
in	which	healthcare	industry	participants	operate.	Healthcare	industry	participants	may	respond	by	reducing	their	investments	or	
postponing	investment	decisions,	including	investments	in	our	solutions	and	services.	

Many	 healthcare	 providers	 are	 consolidating	 to	 create	 integrated	 healthcare	 delivery	 systems	 with	 greater	 market	 power.	 These	
providers	may	try	to	use	their	market	power	to	negotiate	price	reductions	for	our	solutions	and	services.	As	the	healthcare	industry	
consolidates,	our	client	base	could	be	eroded,	competition	for	clients	could	become	more	intense	and	the	importance	of	landing	new	
client	relationships	becomes	greater.

The healthcare industry is highly regulated at the local, state and federal level. We	are	subject	to	a	significant	and	wide-ranging	
number	of	regulations	both	within	the	U.S.	and	elsewhere,	such	as,	without	limitation,	regulations	in	the	areas	of:	healthcare	fraud,	
e-prescribing,	 claims	 processing	 and	 transmission,	 medical	 devices,	 the	 security	 and	 privacy	 of	 patient	 data	 and	 interoperability	
standards.

Healthcare Fraud
Federal and state governments continue to strengthen their positions and scrutiny over practices involving healthcare fraud affecting 
healthcare	 providers	 whose	 services	 are	 reimbursed	 by	 Medicare,	 Medicaid	 and	 other	 government	 healthcare	 programs.	 Our	
healthcare	provider	clients	are	subject	to	laws	and	regulations	on	fraud	and	abuse	which,	among	other	things,	prohibit	the	direct	or	
indirect	payment	or	receipt	of	any	remuneration	for	patient	referrals,	or	arranging	for	or	recommending	referrals	or	other	business	
paid	for	in	whole	or	in	part	by	these	federal	or	state	healthcare	programs.	Federal	enforcement	personnel	have	substantial	funding,	

27

 powers	and	remedies	to	pursue	suspected	or	perceived	fraud	and	abuse.	The	effect	of	this	government	regulation	on	our	clients	
is	 difficult	 to	 predict.	 While	 we	 believe	 that	 we	 are	 in	 substantial	 compliance	 with	 any	 applicable	 laws,	 many	 of	 the	 regulations	
applicable	to	our	clients	and	that	may	be	applicable	to	us,	are	vague	or	indefinite	and	have	not	been	interpreted	by	the	courts.	They	
may	be	interpreted	or	applied	by	a	prosecutorial,	regulatory	or	judicial	authority	in	a	manner	that	could	broaden	their	applicability	to	
us	or	require	our	clients	to	make	changes	in	their	operations	or	the	way	in	which	they	deal	with	us.	If	such	laws	and	regulations	are	
determined	to	be	applicable	to	us	and	if	we	fail	to	comply	with	any	applicable	laws	and	regulations,	we	could	be	subject	to	sanctions	
or	liability,	including	exclusion	from	government	health	programs,	which	could	have	a	material	adverse	effect	on	our	business,	results	
of	operations	and	financial	condition.	

E-Prescribing
The	use	of	our	solutions	by	physicians	for	electronic	prescribing,	electronic	routing	of	prescriptions	to	pharmacies	and	dispensing	
is	governed	by	state	and	federal	law.	States	have	differing	prescription	format	requirements,	which	we	have	programmed	into	our	
software.	In	addition,	in	November	2005,	the	Department	of	Health	and	Human	Services	announced	regulations	by	CMS	related	to	
“E-Prescribing	and	the	Prescription	Drug	Program”	(“E-Prescribing	Regulations”).	These	E-Prescribing	Regulations	were	mandated	by	
the	Medicare	Prescription	Drug,	Improvement,	and	Modernization	Act	of	2003.	The	E-Prescribing	Regulations	set	forth	standards	
for	the	transmission	of	electronic	prescriptions.	The	final	regulations	adopted	two	standards	effective	January	2006.		A	second	and	
final	set	of	required	standards	are	to	be	published	no	later	than	April	1,	2008	and	implemented	no	later	than	April	1,	2009.	These	
standards	are	detailed	and	significant,	and	cover	not	only	transactions	between	prescribers	and	dispensers	for	prescriptions	but	also	
electronic	eligibility	and	benefits	inquiries	and	drug	formulary	and	benefit	coverage	information.	Our	efforts	to	provide	solutions	that	
enable	our	clients	to	comply	with	these	regulations	could	be	time-consuming	and	expensive.	

Claims Transmissions
Certain	of	our	solutions	assist	our	clients	in	submitting	claims	to	payers,	which	claims	are	governed	by	federal	and	state	laws.	Our	
solutions are capable of electronically transmitting claims for services and items rendered by a physician to many patients’ payers 
for	approval	and	reimbursement.	Federal	law	provides	civil	liability	to	any	person	that	knowingly	submits	a	claim	to	a	payer,	including,	
for	example,	Medicare,	Medicaid	and	private	health	plans,	seeking	payment	for	any	services	or	items	that	have	not	been	provided	
to	the	patient.	Federal	law	may	also	impose	criminal	penalties	for	intentionally	submitting	such	false	claims.	We	have	policies	and	
procedures	in	place	that	we	believe	result	in	the	accurate	and	complete	transmission	of	claims,	provided	that	the	information	given	
to	us	by	our	clients	is	also	accurate	and	complete.	The	HIPAA	security,	privacy	and	transaction	standards,	as	discussed	below,	also	
have	a	potentially	significant	effect	on	our	claims	transmission	services,	since	those	services	must	be	structured	and	provided	in	a	
way	that	supports	our	clients’	HIPAA	compliance	obligations.

Regulation of Medical Devices
The	United	States	Food	and	Drug	Administration	(the	“FDA”)	has	declared	that	certain	of	our	solutions	are	medical	devices	that	are	
actively	regulated	under	the	Federal	Food,	Drug	and	Cosmetic	Act	(“Act”)	and	amendments	to	the	Act.	As	a	consequence,	we	are	
subject	to	extensive	regulation	by	the	FDA	with	regard	to	those	solutions	that	are	actively	regulated.	Other	countries	have	similar	
regulations	in	place	related	to	medical	devices,	that	now	or	may	in	the	future	apply	to	certain	of	our	solutions.	If	other	of	our	solutions	
are	deemed	to	be	actively	regulated	medical	devices	by	the	FDA	or	similar	regulatory	agencies	in	countries	where	we	do	business,	
we	could	be	subject	to	extensive	requirements	governing	pre-	and	post-marketing	 requirements	including	pre-market	notification	
clearance.	Complying	with	these	medical	device	regulations	on	a	global	perspective	is	time	consuming	and	expensive.	Further,	it	is	
possible	that	these	regulatory	agencies	may	become	more	active	in	regulating	software	that	is	used	in	healthcare.

There	have	been	nine	FDA	inspections	since	1998	at	various	Cerner	sites.	Inspections	conducted	at	our	world	headquarters	in	1999	
and	our	prior	Houston,	Texas	facility	in	2002	each	resulted	in	the	issuance	of	an	FDA	Form	483	that	we	responded	to	promptly.	The	
FDA	has	taken	no	further	action	with	respect	to	either	of	the	Form	483s	that	were	issued	in	1999	and	2002.	The	remaining	seven	FDA	
inspections,	including	inspections	at	our	world	headquarters	in	2006	and	2007,	resulted	in	no	issuance	of	a	Form	483.	We	remain	
subject	to	periodic	FDA	inspections	and	we	could	be	required	to	undertake	additional	actions	to	comply	with	the	Act	and	any	other	
applicable	regulatory	requirements.	Our	failure	to	comply	with	the	Act	and	any	other	applicable	regulatory	requirements	could	have	a	
material	adverse	effect	on	our	ability	to	continue	to	manufacture	and	distribute	our	solutions.	The	FDA	has	many	enforcement	tools	
including	recalls,	seizures,	injunctions,	civil	fines	and/or	criminal	prosecutions.	Any	of	the	foregoing	could	have	a	material	adverse	
effect	on	our	business,	results	of	operations	and	financial	condition.

Security and Privacy of Patient Information
State	 and	 federal	 laws	 regulate	 the	 confidentiality	 of	 patient	 records	 and	 the	 circumstances	 under	 which	 those	 records	 may	 be	
released.	These	regulations	govern	both	the	disclosure	and	use	of	confidential	patient	medical	record	information	and	require	the	
users	of	such	information	to	implement	specified	security	measures.	Regulations	currently	in	place	governing	electronic	health	data	

28

 transmissions	continue	to	evolve	and	are	often	unclear	and	difficult	to	apply.	
HIPAA	regulations	require	national	standards	for	some	types	of	electronic	health	information	transactions	and	the	data	elements	used	
in	those	transactions,	security	standards	to	ensure	the	integrity	and	confidentiality	of	health	information	and	standards	to	protect	
the	privacy	of	individually	identifiable	health	information.	Covered	entities	under	HIPAA,	which	include	healthcare	organizations	such	
as	our	clients,	were	required	to	comply	with	the	privacy	standards	by	April	2003,	the	transaction	regulations	by	October	2003	and	
the	security	regulations	by	April	2005.	As	a	business	associate	of	the	covered	entities,	we,	in	most	instances,	must	also	ensure	
compliance	with	the	HIPAA	regulations	as	it	pertains	to	our	clients.	

We	are	unable	to	predict	what	interpretations	of	or	changes	to	the	regulations	issued	pursuant	to	HIPAA	might	be	issued	or	made	
in	 the	 future	 or	 how	 those	 interpretations	 or	 changes	 could	 affect	 our	 business	 or	 the	 costs	 of	 compliance	 with	 HIPAA.	 Evolving	
HIPAA-related	laws	or	regulations	could	restrict	the	ability	of	our	clients	to	obtain,	use	or	disseminate	patient	information.	This	could	
adversely	affect	demand	for	our	solutions	if	they	are	not	re-designed	in	a	timely	manner	in	order	to	meet	the	requirements	of	any	
new interpretations or regulations that seek to protect the privacy and security of patient data or enable our clients to execute new or 
modified	healthcare	transactions.	We	may	need	to	expend	additional	capital,	software	development	and	other	resources	to	modify	
our	solutions	and	devices	to	address	these	evolving	data	security	and	privacy	issues.	

Interoperability Standards
Our clients are concerned with and often require that our software solutions and healthcare devices be interoperable with other 
third	party	HIT	suppliers.	Market	forces	or	governmental/regulatory	authorities	could	create	software	interoperability	standards	that	
would	apply	to	our	solutions,	and	if	our	software	solutions	and/or	healthcare	devices	are	not	consistent	with	those	standards,	we	
could	be	forced	to	incur	substantial	additional	development	costs	to	conform.	Currently,	the	Certification	Commission	for	Healthcare	
Information	 Technology	 (CCHIT)	 is	 developing	 a	 comprehensive	 set	 of	 criteria	 for	 the	 functionality,	 interoperability	 and	 security	
of	 various	 software	 modules	 in	 the	 HIT	 industry.	 Achieving	 CCHIT	 certification	 is	 becoming	 a	 competitive	 requirement,	 resulting	
in	 increased	 software	 development	 and	 administrative	 expense	 to	 conform	 to	 these	 requirements.	 If	 our	 software	 solutions	 and	
healthcare	devices	are	not	consistent	with	emerging	standards,	our	market	position	and	sales	could	be	impaired	and	we	may	have	
to	invest	significantly	in	changes	to	our	software	solutions	and	healthcare	devices.	

We operate in intensely competitive and dynamic industries, and our ability to successfully compete and continue to grow our 
business depends on our ability to respond quickly to market changes and changing technologies and to bring competitive 
new  solutions,  devices,  features  and  services  to  market  in  a  timely  fashion.  The	 market	 for	 healthcare	 information	 systems,	
healthcare	devices,	healthcare	transactions	and	life	sciences	consulting	services	are	intensely	competitive,	dynamically	evolving	and	
subject	to	rapid	technological	and	innovative	changes.	Development	of	new	proprietary	technology	or	services	is	complex,	entails	
significant	 time	 and	 expense	 and	 may	 not	 be	 successful.	 We	 cannot	 guarantee	 that	 we	 will	 be	 able	 to	 introduce	 new	 solutions,	
devices	or	services	on	schedule,	or	at	all,	nor	can	we	guarantee	that,	despite	extensive	testing,	errors	will	not	be	found	in	our	new	
solution	releases,	devices	or	services	before	or	after	commercial	release,	which	could	result	in	solution,	device	or	service	delivery	
redevelopment	costs	and	loss	of,	or	delay	in,	market	acceptance.	

We	believe	that	the	principal	competitive	factors	in	the	healthcare	information	market	include:	the	breadth	and	quality	of	system	and	
software	solution	offerings,	the	stability	of	the	solution	provider,	the	features	and	capabilities	of	the	information	systems	and	devices,	
the ongoing support for the systems and devices and the potential for enhancements and future compatible software solutions and 
devices.	Certain	of	our	competitors	have	greater	financial,	technical,	product	development,	marketing	and	other	resources	than	us	
and	some	of	our	competitors	offer	software	solutions	that	we	do	not	offer.	Our	principal	existing	competitors	are	set	forth	above	under	
Part	I,	Item	1	Competition.	

In	addition,	we	expect	that	major	software	information	systems	companies,	large	information	technology	consulting	service	providers	
and	 system	 integrators,	 start-up	 companies	 and	 others	 specializing	 in	 the	 healthcare	 industry	 may	 offer	 competitive	 software	
solutions,	devices	or	services.	We	face	strong	competitors	and	often	face	downward	price	pressure.	Additionally,	the	pace	of	change	
in	the	healthcare	information	systems	market	is	rapid	and	there	are	frequent	new	software	solution	introductions,	software	solution	
enhancements,	 device	 introductions,	 device	 enhancements	 and	 evolving	 industry	 standards	 and	 requirements.	 As	 a	 result,	 our	
success	will	depend	upon	our	ability	to:	maintain	a	competitive	pricing	model,	keep	pace	with	technological	change	and	introduce,	on	a	
timely	and	cost-effective	basis,	new	and	enhanced	software	solutions,	devices	and	services	that	satisfy	changing	client	requirements	
and	achieve	market	acceptance.	There	are	a	limited	number	of	hospitals	and	other	healthcare	providers	in	the	U.S.	HIT	market.	As	
costs	 fall,	 technology	 improves,	 and	 market	 factors	 continue	 to	 compel	 investment	 by	 healthcare	 organizations	 in	 solutions	 and	
services	like	ours,	market	saturation	in	the	U.S.	may	change	the	competitive	landscape	in	favor	of	larger,	more	diversified	competitors	
with	greater	scale.	

29

 Risks Related to Our Stock
Our  quarterly  operating  results  may  vary  which  could  adversely  affect  our  stock  price.  Our  quarterly  operating  results  have 
varied	in	the	past	and	may	continue	to	vary	in	future	periods,	including,	variations	from	guidance,	expectations	or	historical	results	or	
trends.	Quarterly	operating	results	may	vary	for	a	number	of	reasons	including	accounting	policy	changes,	demand	for	our	solutions,	
devices	and	services,	the	financial	condition	of	our	clients	and	potential	clients,	our	long	sales	cycle,	potentially	long	installation	and	
implementation	cycles	for	larger,	more	complex	and	higher-priced	systems	and	other	factors	described	in	this	section	and	elsewhere	
in	this	report.	As	a	result	of	healthcare	industry	trends	and	the	market	for	our	Cerner Millennium	solutions,	a	large	percentage	of	our	
revenues	are	generated	by	the	sale	and	installation	of	larger,	more	complex	and	higher-priced	systems.	The	sales	process	for	these	
systems	is	lengthy	and	involves	a	significant	technical	evaluation	and	commitment	of	capital	and	other	resources	by	the	client.	Sales	
may	be	subject	to	delays	due	to	changes	in	clients’	internal	budgets,	procedures	for	approving	large	capital	expenditures,	competing	
needs	for	other	capital	expenditures,	availability	of	personnel	resources	and	by	actions	taken	by	competitors.	Delays	in	the	expected	
sale,	installation	or	implementation	of	these	large	systems	may	have	a	significant	impact	on	our	anticipated	quarterly	revenues	and	
consequently	our	earnings,	since	a	significant	percentage	of	our	expenses	are	relatively	fixed.	

We	 recognize	 software	 revenue	 upon	 the	completion	 of	 standard	 milestone	 conditions	 and	 the	 amount	 of	 revenue	 recognized	 in	
any	quarter	depends	upon	our	and	our	clients’	abilities	to	meet	project	milestones.	Delays	in	meeting	these	milestone	conditions	
or	modification	of	the	contract	could	result	in	a	shift	of	revenue	recognition	from	one	quarter	to	another	and	could	have	a	material	
adverse	effect	on	results	of	operations	for	a	particular	quarter.	

Our	revenues	from	system	sales	historically	have	been	lower	in	the	first	quarter	of	the	year	and	greater	in	the	fourth	quarter	of	the	
year,	primarily	as	a	result	of	clients’	year-end	efforts	to	make	all	final	capital	expenditures	for	the	then-current	year.

Our sales forecasts may vary from actual sales in a particular quarter. We	use	a	“pipeline”	system,	a	common	industry	practice,	to	
forecast	sales	and	trends	in	our	business.	Our	sales	associates	monitor	the	status	of	all	sales	opportunities,	such	as	the	date	when	
they	estimate	that	a	client	will	make	a	purchase	decision	and	the	potential	dollar	amount	of	the	sale.	These	estimates	are	aggregated	
periodically	to	generate	a	sales	pipeline.	We	compare	this	pipeline	at	various	points	in	time	to	evaluate	trends	in	our	business.	This	
analysis	provides	guidance	in	business	planning	and	forecasting,	but	these	pipeline	estimates	are	by	their	nature	speculative.	Our	
pipeline	estimates	are	not	necessarily	reliable	predictors	of	revenues	in	a	particular	quarter	or	over	a	longer	period	of	time,	partially	
because	of	changes	in	the	pipeline	and	in	conversion	rates	of	the	pipeline	into	contracts	that	can	be	very	difficult	to	estimate.	A	
negative	variation	in	the	expected	conversion	rate	or	timing	of	the	pipeline	into	contracts,	or	in	the	pipeline	itself,	could	cause	our	
plan	or	forecast	to	be	inaccurate	and	thereby	adversely	affect	business	results.	For	example,	a	slowdown	in	information	technology	
spending,	 adverse	 economic	 conditions	 or	 a	 variety	 of	 other	 factors	 can	 cause	 purchasing	 decisions	 to	 be	 delayed,	 reduced	 in	
amount	or	cancelled,	which	would	reduce	the	overall	pipeline	conversion	rate	in	a	particular	period	of	time.	Because	a	substantial	
portion	of	our	contracts	are	completed	in	the	latter	part	of	a	quarter,	we	may	not	be	able	to	adjust	our	cost	structure	quickly	enough	
in	response	to	a	revenue	shortfall	resulting	from	a	decrease	in	our	pipeline	conversion	rate	in	any	given	fiscal	quarter(s).	

The trading price of our common stock may be volatile. The	market	for	our	common	stock	may	experience	significant	price	and	volume	
fluctuations	in	response	to	a	number	of	factors	including	actual	or	anticipated	variations	in	operating	results,	rumors	about	our	performance	
or	solutions,	devices	and	services,	changes	in	expectations	of	future	financial	performance	or	estimates	of	securities	analysts,	governmental	
regulatory	action,	healthcare	reform	measures,	client	relationship	developments,	changes	occurring	in	the	securities	markets	in	general	
and	other	factors,	many	of	which	are	beyond	our	control.	As	a	matter	of	policy,	we	do	not	generally	comment	on	our	stock	price	or	rumors.

Furthermore,	 the	 stock	 market	 in	 general,	 and	 the	 markets	 for	 software,	 healthcare	 and	 information	 technology	 companies	 in	
particular,	have	experienced	extreme	volatility	that	often	has	been	unrelated	to	the	operating	performance	of	particular	companies.	
These	 broad	 market	 and	 industry	 fluctuations	 may	 adversely	 affect	 the	 trading	 price	 of	 our	 common	 stock,	 regardless	 of	 actual	
operating	performance.

Our Directors have authority to issue preferred stock and our corporate governance documents contain anti-takeover provisions. 
Our	Board	of	Directors	has	the	authority	to	issue	up	to	1,000,000	shares	of	preferred	stock	and	to	determine	the	preferences,	rights	
and	privileges	of	those	shares	without	any	further	vote	or	action	by	the	shareholders.	The	rights	of	the	holders	of	common	stock	may	
be	harmed	by	rights	granted	to	the	holders	of	any	preferred	stock	that	may	be	issued	in	the	future.	

In	addition,	some	provisions	of	our	Certificate	of	Incorporation	and	Bylaws	could	make	it	more	difficult	for	a	potential	acquirer	to	
acquire	a	majority	of	our	outstanding	voting	stock.	This	includes,	but	is	not	limited	to,	provisions	that:	provide	for	a	classified	board	of	
directors,	prohibit	shareholders	from	taking	action	by	written	consent	and	restrict	the	ability	of	shareholders	to	call	special	meetings.	
We	are	also	subject	to	provisions	of	Delaware	law	that	prohibit	us	from	engaging	in	any	business	combination	with	any	interested	
shareholder	for	a	period	of	three	years	from	the	date	the	person	became	an	interested	shareholder,	unless	certain	conditions	are	
met,	which	could	have	the	effect	of	delaying	or	preventing	a	change	of	control.	

30

 Factors that May Affect Future Results of Operations, Financial Condition or Business 
Statements	made	in	this	report,	the	Annual	Report	to	Shareholders	 of	which	this	report	is	made	a	part,	other	reports	and	proxy	
statements	filed	with	the	Securities	and	Exchange	Commission,	communications	to	shareholders,	press	releases	and	oral	statements	
made	by	representatives	of	the	Company	that	are	not	historical	in	nature,	or	that	state	the	Company’s	or	management’s	intentions,	
hopes,	beliefs,	expectations	or	predictions	of	the	future,	may	constitute	“forward-looking	statements”	within	the	meaning	of	Section	
21E	 of	 the	 Securities	 and	 Exchange	 Act	 of	 1934,	 as	 amended	 (the	 “Exchange	 Act”).	 Forward-looking	 statements	 can	 often	 be	
identified	by	the	use	of	forward-looking	terminology,	such	as	“could,”	“should,”	“will,”	“intended,”	“continue,”	“believe,”	“may,”	“expect,”	
“hope,”	“anticipate,”	“goal,”	“forecast,”	“plan,”	“guidance”	or	“estimate”	or	the	negative	of	these	words,	variations	thereof	or	similar	
expressions.	 Forward-looking	 statements	 are	 not	 guarantees	 of	 future	 performance	 or	 results.	 They	 involve	 risks,	 uncertainties	
and	assumptions.	It	is	important	to	note	that	any	such	performance	and	actual	results,	financial	condition	or	business,	could	differ	
materially	 from	 those	 expressed	 in	 such	 forward-looking	 statements.	 Factors	 that	 could	 cause	 or	 contribute	 to	 such	 differences	
include,	but	are	not	limited	to,	those	discussed	in	this	Item	1A.	Risk	Factors	and	elsewhere	herein	or	in	other	reports	filed	with	the	
SEC.	Other	unforeseen	factors	not	identified	herein	could	also	have	such	an	effect.	We	undertake	no	obligation	to	update	or	revise	
forward-looking	statements	to	reflect	changed	assumptions,	the	occurrence	of	unanticipated	events	or	changes	in	future	operating	
results,	financial	condition	or	business	over	time.

Item 2. Properties 
World Headquarters

Our	world	headquarters	offices	are	located	in	a	Company-owned	office	park	in	North	Kansas	City,	Missouri,	containing	approximately	
992,877	gross	square	feet	of	useable	space	(the	“Campus”),	inclusive	of	the	new	data	center	and	clinic	buildings	described	below.	
As	of	December	29,	2007,	we	were	using	all	of	the	useable	space	for	our	U.S.	corporate	headquarters	operations.	

In	June	2007,	the	Company	completed	construction	of	the	world	headquarters	Technology	Center,	a	135,161	square	foot	data	center	
facility	on	the	Campus.	We	deliver	remote	hosting,	disaster	recovery	and	other	services	to	our	clients	from	this	facility.	

In	February	2006,	we	completed	construction	on	the	Campus	of	a	13,136	square	foot	addition	to	the	2901	Rockcreek	Parkway	
building	to	house	Healthe	Clinic,	a	wholly-owned	subsidiary,	which	provides	primary	care	medical	services	for	our	associates	and	
their	family	members.	

In	2004,	we	purchased	approximately	12	acres	of	unimproved	real	estate	adjacent	to	the	Campus	for	campus	expansion.	This	land	
was	purchased	to	provide	a	secondary	entry	into	the	Campus	and	to	provide	for	future	building	development	as	needed.	The	first	
phase	of	development	was	a	roadway	extension	and	second	entry	point	into	the	Campus.	The	second	phase	of	development	is	the	
data	center	facility	described	above.	Future	development	of	this	land	is	undetermined	at	this	time.	

Other Properties

In	February	2007,	we	entered	into	a	long-term	lease	for	480,700	gross	square	feet	of	property	located	in	Kansas	City,	Missouri.	This	
office	space,	known	as	the	Innovation	Campus,	houses	associates	from	our	intellectual	property	organizations.	In	April	and	August	
2007,	additional	space	was	added	to	this	lease	so	that	the	Innovation	Campus	now	consists	of	828,740	square	feet,	including	the	
daycare	facility	listed	below.

In	July	2007,	we	entered	into	a	lease	for	36,800	gross	square	feet	of	property	located	in	Kansas	City,	Missouri,	near	the	Innovation	
Campus,	which	is	the	home	for	our	Innovation	Kids	Learning	Center,	providing	on-site	daycare	for	Cerner	associate	families.

In	June	2005,	we	purchased	263,512	gross	square	feet	of	property	located	in	Kansas	City,	Missouri.	The	office	space,	known	as	the	
Cerner	Oaks	Campus,	houses	associates	from	the	CernerWorks	group	and	associates	of	Cerner’s	wholly-owned	subsidiary,	Healthe 
Exchange.	

We	 also	 own	 property	 located	 along	 the	 north	 riverbank	 of	 the	 Missouri	 River,	 approximately	 two	 miles	 from	 the	 Campus.	 This	
property	consists	of	a	96,318	gross	square	foot	building	and	a	1,300-car	parking	garage.	The	building	has	been	renovated	for	use	
as	a	corporate	training,	meeting	and	event	center	for	the	Company	and	third	parties.	We	have	also	made	use	of	the	parking	garage	
to	meet	overflow-parking	demands	on	the	Campus.

In	February	2007,	we	acquired	a	lease	for	an	additional	office	in	Garden	Grove,	California,	as	part	of	the	Etreby	Computer	Company,	
Inc.	acquisition.

As	of	the	end	of	February	2008,	the	Company	leased	office	space	in:	Birmingham,	Alabama;	Beverly	Hills	and	Garden	Grove,	California;	
Denver,	Colorado;	Overland	Park,	Kansas;	Waltham,	Massachusetts;	Bel	Air,	Maryland;	Minneapolis	and	Rochester,	Minnesota;	Kansas	
City,	Missouri;	Charlotte,	North	Carolina;	Beaverton,	Oregon;	Blue	Bell,	Pennsylvania;	and	Vienna,	Virginia.	The	Company	operates	one	

31

 of	its	data	centers	in	leased	space	in	Lee’s	Summit,	Missouri.	Globally,	the	Company	also	leases	office	space	in:	Brisbane,	Sydney	
and	Melbourne,	Australia;	Brussels,	Belgium;	London-Ontario,	Canada;	Hong	Kong,	China;	Paris,	France;	Herzogenrath	and	Idstein,	
Germany;	Bangalore,	India;	Dublin,	Ireland;	Kuala	Lumpur,	Malaysia;	Ngee	Ann	City,	Singapore;	Barcelona	and	Madrid,	Spain;	London	
and	Slough,	England;	and,	Abu	Dhabi	and	Dubai	Internet	City,	United	Arab	Emirates.	

In	2007,	our	Overland	Park,	Kansas	office	housing	associates	with	our	Cerner	BeyondNow,	Inc.	subsidiary	was	closed	as	we	relocated	
many	 associates	 to	 the	 Innovation	 Campus	 and/or	 the	 necessary	 business	 functions	 to	 other	 Company	 offices,	 and	 we	 entered	
into	a	new	agreement	for	office	space	in	Overland	Park,	Kansas	for	operations	related	to	Cerner’s	wholly-owned	subsidiary,	Cerner	
Innovation,	Inc.

Also	in	2007,	our	Sterling,	Virginia	office	was	closed	as	we	relocated	many	associates	and/or	the	necessary	business	functions	to	
other	Company	offices.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings
We	have	no	material	pending	litigation.	

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
No	matters	were	submitted	to	a	vote	of	the	shareholders	of	the	Company	during	the	fourth	quarter	of	the	fiscal	year	ended	December	
29,	2007.

32

 PART II
Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters and 
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 
The Company’s common stock trades on The NASDAQ Global Select MarketSM	under	the	symbol	CERN.	The	following	table	sets	forth	
the	high,	low	and	last	sales	prices	for	the	fiscal	quarters	of	2007	and	2006	as	reported	by	The Nasdaq Stock Market®.	

2007

Low

High	

Last

High	

2006

Low

Last

First Quarter

Second Quarter

Third Quarter

Fourth Quarter

	$					56.25	

	$					44.11	

	$					54.45	

	$					49.38	

	$					40.33	

	$					47.45	

	60.43	

	66.17	

	65.92	

	52.20	

	52.32	

	53.50	

	55.47	

	59.81	

	57.58	

	47.99	

	47.75	

	50.58	

	34.70	

	32.50	

	44.11	

	37.20	

	45.40	

	45.50	

At	February	22,	2008,	there	were	approximately	1,169	owners	of	record.	To	date,	the	Company	has	paid	no	cash	dividends	and	it	
does	not	intend	to	pay	cash	dividends	in	the	foreseeable	future.	Management	believes	it	is	in	the	shareholders’	best	interest	for	the	
Company	to	reinvest	funds	in	the	operation	of	the	business.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

(In thousands, except per share data)

(1)(2)(3)(4)

2007

2006

(1)(4)(5)

2005

(6)(7)

2004

(8)(9)

2003

Statement of Earnings Data:

Revenues

Operating earnings

Earnings before income taxes 

Net earnings

Earnings per share: 

Basic

Diluted

Weighted	average	shares	outstanding:	

Basic

Diluted

Balance Sheet Data:

Working	capital

Total assets

	$					1,519,877	

	$					1,378,038	

	$					1,160,785	

	$					926,356	

	$					839,587	

	204,083	

	203,967	

	127,125	

	166,167	

	167,544	

	109,891	

	140,436	

	135,244	

	86,251	

	111,464	

	107,920	

	64,648	

	78,097	

	71,222	

	42,791	

	1.60	

	1.53	

	1.41	

	1.34	

	1.16	

	1.10	

	0.90	

	0.86	

	0.61	

	0.59	

	79,395	

	83,218	

	77,691	

	81,723	

	74,144	

	78,090	

	72,174	

	75,142	

	70,710	

	72,712	

	$					530,441	

	$					444,656	

	$					391,541	

	$					310,229	

	$					246,412	

	1,689,956	

	1,496,433	

	1,303,629	

	982,265	

	854,252	

Long-term	debt,	excluding	current	

     installments

Shareholders’ equity

	177,606	

	1,132,428	

	187,391	

	922,294	

	194,265	

	760,533	

	108,804	

	597,485	

	124,570	

	494,680	

33

1.	

2.	

3.	

4.	

5.	

6.	

7.	

8.	

9.	

Includes	share-based	compensation	expense	recognized	in	accordance	with	Statement	of	Financial	Accounting	Standards	
No.	123R.	The	impact	of	including	this	expense	is	a	$10.2	million	decrease,	net	of	$6.0	million	tax	benefit,	in	net	earnings	
and	a	decrease	to	diluted	earnings	per	share	of	$.12	in	2007	and	a	$11.7	million	decrease,	net	of	$7.3	million	tax	benefit,	in	
net	earnings	and	a	decrease	to	diluted	earnings	per	share	of	$.14	in	2006.

Includes	a	research	and	development	write-off	related	to	the	
RxStation medication	dispensing	devices.	In	connection	with	
production and delivery of the RxStation medication	dispensing	devices,	the	Company	reviewed	the	accounting	treatment	
for the RxStation	line	of	devices	and	determined	that	$8.6	million	of	research	and	development	activities	for	the	RxStation 
medication	dispensing	devices	that	should	have	been	expensed	was	incorrectly	capitalized.	The	impact	of	this	charge	is	a	
$5.4	million	decrease,	net	of	$3.2	million	tax	benefit,	in	net	earnings	and	a	decrease	to	diluted	earnings	per	share	of	$.06	
in	the	year	ended	December	29,	2007.	$2.1	million	of	this	$5.4	million	after	tax	amount	recorded	in	2007	related	to	periods	
prior	to	2007.	

Includes	a	$3.1	million	tax	benefit	recorded	in	2007	related	to	periods	prior	to	2007.	The	tax	benefit	relates	to	the	over-
expensing	of	state	income	taxes,	which	resulted	in	an	increase	to	diluted	earnings	per	share	of	$.04	in	the	year	ended	
December	29,	2007.	

Includes	an	adjustment	to	correct	the	amounts	previously	reported	for	the	second	quarter	of	2007	for	a	previously	disclosed	
out-of-period	tax	item	relating	to	foreign	net	operating	losses.	The	effect	of	this	adjustment	increases	tax	expense	for	the	
year	ended	December	29,	2007,	by	$4.2	million	and	increases	January	1,	2005	retained	earnings	(Shareholders’	Equity)	by	
the	same	amount.	

Includes	a	tax	benefit	of	$2.0	million	for	adjustments	relating	to	prior	periods.	This	results	in	an	increase	to	diluted	earnings	
per	share	of	$.02.

Includes	a	tax	benefit	of	$4.8	million	relating	to	the	carry-back	of	a	capital	loss	generated	by	the	sale	of	Zynx	Health	
Incorporated	(“Zynx”)	in	the	first	quarter	of	2004.	The	impact	of	this	refund	claim	is	a	$4.8	million	increase	in	net	earnings	
and	an	increase	in	diluted	earnings	per	share	of	$.06	for	2005.

Includes	a	charge	for	the	write-off	of	acquired	in	process	research	and	development	related	to	the	acquisition	of	the	medical	
business	division	of	VitalWorks,	Inc.	The	impact	of	this	charge	is	a	$3.9	million	decrease,	net	of	$2.4	million	tax	benefit,	in	
net	earnings	and	a	decrease	to	diluted	earnings	per	share	of	$.05	for	2005.

Includes	a	gain	on	the	sale	of	Zynx.	The	impact	of	this	gain	is	a	$3.0	million	increase	in	net	earnings	and	increase	to	diluted	
earnings	per	share	of	$.04	for	2004.

Includes	a	charge	for	vacation	accrual	of	$3.3	million	included	in	general	and	administrative.	The	impact	of	this	charge	is	a	
$2.1	million	decrease,	net	of	$1.2	million	tax	benefit,	in	net	earnings	and	a	decrease	to	diluted	earnings	per	share	of	$.03	
for	2004.

34

 
 Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations
The	following	Management	Discussion	and	Analysis	(“MD&A”)	is	intended	to	help	the	reader	understand	the	results	of	operations	and	
financial	condition	of	Cerner	Corporation	(“Cerner”	or	the	“Company”).	This	MD&A	is	provided	as	a	supplement	to,	and	should	be	read	
in	conjunction	with,	our	financial	statements	and	the	accompanying	notes	to	the	financial	statements	(“Notes”).	

Management Overview

Cerner	primarily	derives	revenue	by	selling,	implementing	and	supporting	software	solutions,	clinical	content,	hardware,	healthcare	
devices	and	services	that	give	healthcare	providers	secure	access	to	clinical,	administrative	and	financial	data	in	real	time,	allowing	
them	to	improve	the	quality,	safety	and	efficiency	in	the	delivery	of	healthcare.	We	implement	the	healthcare	solutions	as	stand-alone,	
combined	or	enterprise-wide	systems.	Cerner Millennium software solutions can be managed by the Company’s clients or in the 
Company’s	data	center	via	a	managed	services	model.	

Our	fundamental	strategy	has	always	centered	on	creating	organic	growth	by	investing	in	research	and	development	(R&D)	to	create	
solutions	and	services	for	the	healthcare	industry.	This	strategy	has	driven	strong	growth	over	the	long-term,	with	revenue	growing	
at	compound	annual	rates	of	more	than	14%	over	the	past	three-,	five-	and	ten-year	periods.	This	growth	has	also	created	a	very	
strategic	 client	 base	 of	 more	 than	 6,000	 hospital,	 health	 system,	 physician	 practice,	 clinic,	 laboratory	 and	 pharmacy	 client	 sites	
around	the	world.	Selling	additional	solutions	back	into	this	client	base	is	an	important	element	of	Cerner’s	future	revenue	growth.	We	
are also focused on driving growth through market share expansion by replacing competitors in healthcare settings that are looking 
to	replace	their	current	HIT	suppliers	or	by	creating	new	business	relationships	with	those	healthcare	organizations	that	have	not	yet	
strategically	aligned	with	a	supplier.	We	also	expect	to	drive	growth	through	new	initiatives	that	reflect	our	ongoing	ability	to	innovate	
such  as  our  CareAware	 healthcare	 device	 architecture	 and	 devices,	 Healthe	 employer	 services,	 physician	 practice	 solutions	 and	
solutions	and	services	for	the	pharmaceutical	market.	Finally,	we	expect	continued	strong	revenue	contributions	from	the	sale	of	our	
solutions	and	services	outside	of	the	U.S.	Many	non-U.S.	markets	have	a	low	penetration	of	HIT	solutions	and	their	governing	bodies	
are	in	many	cases	prepared	to	purchase	HIT	solutions	and	services.	

Beyond	our	strategy	for	driving	revenue	growth,	we	are	also	focused	on	earnings	growth.	Our	net	earnings	have	increased	at	more	
than	20%	compound	annual	rates	over	three-,	five-	and	ten-year	periods.	We	believe	we	can	continue	driving	strong	levels	of	earnings	
growth	 by	 leveraging	 key	 areas	 to	 create	 operating	 margin	 expansion.	 The	 primary	 areas	 of	 opportunity	 for	 margin	 expansion	
include:

	   becoming	more	efficient	at	implementing	our	software	by	leveraging	implementation	support	services	and	methodologies	we	

have	developed	that	can	reduce	the	amount	of	effort	required	to	implement	our	software;	

	   leveraging	our	investments	in	R&D	by	addressing	new	markets	(i.e.,	non-U.S.)	that	do	not	require	significant	incremental	R&D	

but	can	contribute	significantly	to	revenue	growth;	and,	

	   leveraging our scalable business infrastructure to reduce the rate of increase in general and administrative spending to below 

our	revenue	growth	rate.

We	 are	 also	 focused	 on	 increasing	 cash	 flow	 by	 growing	 earnings,	 reducing	 the	 use	 of	 working	 capital	 and	 controlling	 capital	
expenditures.	While	2007	was	a	year	of	heavy	capital	investment	because	of	investments	in	a	new	data	center	to	support	our	rapidly	
growing	hosting	business	and	purchasing	new	buildings	to	accommodate	growth	in	our	associate	base,	we	expect	capital	spending	
to	decrease	in	2008.	

Results Overview

In	 2007,	 we	 continued	 to	 execute	 on	 our	 core	 strategies	 to	 drive	 revenue	 growth,	 expand	 operating	 margins,	 grow	 earnings	 and	
generate	 good	 cash	 flow.	 The	 2007	 results	 included	 strong	 levels	 of	 bookings,	 earnings	 and	 cash	 flow.	 New	 business	 bookings	
revenue	in	2007,	which	reflects	the	value	of	executed	contracts	for	software,	hardware,	services	and	managed	services	(hosting	of	
software	in	the	Company’s	data	center)	was	$1.51	billion,	which	is	an	increase	of	14%	when	compared	to	$1.32	billion	in	2006.	The	
2007	and	2006	bookings	exclude	bookings	related	to	the	Company’s	participation	in	the	National	Health	Services	(NHS)	initiative	to	
automate	clinical	processes	and	digitize	medical	records	in	England	in	the	amount	of	$97.8	million	and	$154.2	million,	respectively.	
Revenues	for	2007	increased	10%	to	$1.52	billion	compared	to	$1.38	billion	in	2006,	driven	primarily	by	an	increase	in	support,	
maintenance	and	services	revenues.	

The	2007	net	earnings	increased	16%	to	$127.1	million	compared	to	$109.9	million	in	2006.	Diluted	earnings	per	share	increased	
14%	to	$1.53	compared	to	$1.34	in	2006.	The	2007	and	2006	net	earnings	and	diluted	earnings	per	share	reflect	the	impact	of	
accounting	 pursuant	 to	 Statement	 of	 Financial	 Accounting	 Standards	 (SFAS)	 No.	 123R,	 “Share-Based	 Payment,”	 which	 requires	

35

 the	expensing	of	stock	options.	The	effect	of	accounting	under	SFAS	123R	reduced	the	2007	net	earnings	and	diluted	earnings	per	
share	by	$10.2	million	and	$0.12,	and	the	2006	earnings	and	diluted	earnings	per	share	by	$11.7	million	and	$0.14,	respectively.	
The growth in net earnings and diluted earnings per share was driven primarily by continued progress with the Company’s margin 
expansion	 initiatives,	 particularly	 improving	 professional	 services	 margins	 and	 leveraging	 R&D	 investments.	 Our	 2007	 operating	
margin	was	13%,	and	we	remain	on	target	with	our	desire	to	achieve	our	long	term	goal	of	20%	operating	margins.	

We	 had	 cash	 collections	 of	 receivables	 of	 $1.65	 billion	 in	 2007	 compared	 to	 $1.46	 billion	 in	 2006,	 with	 the	 increase	 driven	 by	
increased	billings.	Days	sales	outstanding	increased	to	90	days	for	the	quarter	ended	December	29,	2007	compared	to	87	days	for	
the	quarter	ended	December	30,	2006.	This	increase	was	driven	by	an	increase	in	billed	receivables	as	opposed	to	unbilled	items.	
Operating	cash	flows	for	2007	were	$274.6	million	compared	to	$232.7	million	in	2006.

This	year	also	included	progress	on	our	strategic	initiatives	that,	while	not	yet	material	to	our	current	results,	are	an	important	part	
of	our	longer-term	growth	strategy.	

In	2007,	we	made	progress	in	selling	and	implementing	our	CareAware healthcare device connectivity platform that allows medical 
devices	to	be	connected	to	an	electronic	medical	record	through	a	USB-like	connection.	During	2007,	more	than	20	clients	purchased	
this	solution,	with	several	going	live	during	the	year.	Initial	sales	have	been	to	our	existing	clients,	but	our	CareAware architecture 
gives	us	the	ability	to	market	outside	of	our	installed	base,	which	we	expect	to	do	in	the	future.	In	2008,	we	also	expect	to	continue	
expanding the number of devices supported by the CareAware	architecture,	which	will	increase	our	market	opportunity.

We	also	delivered	our	first	production	CareAware RxStation	medication	dispensing	devices	in	2007.	RxStation medication dispensing 
devices and solutions automate the medication process so both nursing and pharmacy can provide safer care and better management 
of	the	medication	dispensing	and	administration	process.	In	2008,	we	expect	to	leverage	our	success	with	early	adopter	clients	and	
increase marketing of the RxStation devices,	with	initial	efforts	focused	inside	our	installed	base.

In	2007,	we	also	continued	to	make	progress	across	our	employer-focused	initiatives	that	we	call	Healthe employer	services,	which	
are	targeted	at	employers	looking	to	reduce	health	plan	administrative	costs	and	improve	the	health	of	their	employees.	In	2007,	
Cerner’s	Healthe Exchange	became	the	third	party	administrator	(TPA)	for	three	employers	representing	more	than	10,000	covered	
lives.	Our	TPA	approach	aims	to	help	employers	reduce	healthcare	friction,	such	as	delays	in	billing	statements	and	provider	payments,	
resulting	in	lower	costs.	And	our	Healthe Clinic	was	selected	by	a	Fortune	500	technology	company	to	provide	a	fully-automated	
employer-based	clinic,	modeled	after	our	successful	on-site	clinic	that	has	helped	improve	productivity	of	our	workforce	and	provided	
cost	savings	to	our	health	plan	and	the	participants	in	the	health	plan.	

Healthcare Information Technology Market Outlook

We	have	provided	a	detailed	assessment	of	the	healthcare	information	technology	market	under	Part	I,	Item	1	The	Healthcare	and	
Healthcare	IT	Industry.

Results of Operations
Year Ended December 29, 2007, Compared to Year Ended December 30, 2006

The	Company’s	net	earnings	increased	16%	to	$127,125,000	in	2007	from	$109,891,000	in	2006.	The	effects	of	SFAS	No.	123R,	
which	requires	the	expensing	of	stock	options,	decreased	net	earnings	in	2007	and	2006	by	$10,159,000,	net	of	$6,030,000	tax	
benefit	and	$11,746,000,	net	of	$7,275,000	tax	benefit,	respectively.	

Revenues	increased	10%	to	$1,519,877,000	in	2007,	compared	with	$1,378,038,000	in	2006.	The	revenue	composition	for	2007	
was	$500,319,000	in	system	sales,	$397,713,000	in	support	and	maintenance,	$585,067,000	in	services	and	$36,778,000	in	
reimbursed	travel.	

	   System	sales	revenues	decreased	1%	to	$500,319,000	in	2007	from	$505,743,000	in	2006.	Included	in	system	sales	are	
revenues	from	the	sale	of	software,	hardware,	sublicensed	software,	deployment	period	licensed	software	upgrade	rights,	
installation	fees,	transaction	processing	and	subscriptions.	The	slight	decrease	in	system	sales	was	primarily	attributable	to	
a	decrease	in	software	revenue,	which	was	largely	offset	by	an	increase	in	hardware,	sublicensed	software,	and	subscriptions	
revenue.	We	believe	the	decline	in	software	revenue	was	primarily	caused	by	much	of	our	client	base	being	focused	on	
upgrading to the Cerner Millennium	2007	release.	Cerner	generally	sells	a	perpetual	license,	so	our	clients	do	not	have	to	pay	
new	license	fees	when	they	upgrade	to	a	new	version	of	our	software,	so	the	focus	by	much	of	our	base	on	implementing	the	
upgrade	impacted	our	software	sales.	We	believe	this	upgrade	cycle	will	have	a	smaller	impact	going	forward,	and	we	expect	
software	revenue	to	grow	in	2008.	

36

 	   Support,	maintenance	and	services	revenues	increased	18%	to	$982,780,000	in	2007	from	$833,244,000	in	2006.	Included	
in	support,	maintenance	and	services	revenues	are	support	and	maintenance	of	software	and	hardware,	professional	services	
excluding	installation,	and	managed	services.	A	summary	of	the	Company’s	support,	maintenance	and	services	revenues	in	
2007 and 2006 is as follows:

(In thousands)

Support and maintenance revenues

Services revenue

Total	support,	maintenance,	and	services	revenues

$

$

	397,713	

	585,067	

	982,780	

$

$

	340,416	

	492,828	

	833,244	

2007

2006

	   The	$92,239,000,	or	19%,	increase	in	services	revenue	was	attributable	to	growth	in	CernerWorks managed services and 

increased	professional	services	utilization	rates.	The	$57,297,000,	or	17%,	increase	in	support	and	maintenance	revenues	is	
attributable to continued success at selling Cerner Millennium	applications,	implementing	them	at	client	sites,	and	initiating	
billing	for	support	and	maintenance	fees.

	   Contract	backlog,	which	reflects	new	business	bookings	that	have	not	yet	been	recognized	as	revenue,	increased	24%	in	2007	
compared	to	2006.	This	increase	was	driven	by	growth	in	new	business	bookings	during	the	past	four	quarters,	including	
continued	strong	levels	of	managed	services	bookings	that	typically	have	longer	contract	terms.	A	summary	of	the	Company’s	
total backlog for 2007 and 2006 follows:

(In thousands)

Contract backlog

Support and maintenance backlog

Total backlog

2007

2006

$

$

	2,712,195	

	541,095	

	3,253,290	

$

$

	2,194,460	

	469,473	

	2,663,933	

The	cost	of	revenues	was	18%	of	total	revenues	in	2007	and	21%	in	2006.	The	cost	of	revenues	includes	the	cost	of	reimbursed	travel	
expense,	sales	commissions,	third	party	consulting	services	and	subscription	content,	computer	hardware	and	sublicensed	software	
purchased	from	hardware	and	software	manufacturers	for	delivery	to	clients.	It	also	includes	the	cost	of	hardware	maintenance	and	
sublicensed	software	support	subcontracted	to	the	manufacturers.	Such	costs,	as	a	percent	of	revenues,	typically	have	varied	as	the	
mix	of	revenue	(software,	hardware,	maintenance,	support,	services	and	reimbursed	travel)	carrying	different	margin	rates	changes	
from	period	to	period.	The	decline	in	cost	of	revenues	as	a	percent	of	revenue	is	primarily	associated	with	lower	commissions	and	
third	party	costs	on	licensed	software	sales	and	a	higher	mix	of	support,	maintenance	and	services	revenues,	which	have	a	lower	
cost	of	revenue.

Total	 operating	 expenses,	 excluding	 cost	 of	 revenues,	 increased	 12%	 to	 $1,035,684,000	 in	 2007	 from	 $920,901,000	 in	 2006.	
Accounting	pursuant	to	SFAS	123(R),	which	results	in	the	expensing	of	share-based	compensation,	impacted	expenses	in	2007	and	
2006 as indicated below:

(In thousands)

Sales and client service expenses

Software development expense

General	and	administrative	expenses

Total	stock-based	compensation	expense

2007

2006

$

$

	9,518	

	3,032	

	3,639	

16,189	

$

$

	11,412	

	4,269	

	3,340	

	19,021	

37

 	   Sales	and	client	service	expenses	as	a	percent	of	total	revenues	were	43%	and	42%	in	2007	and	2006,	respectively.	These	
expenses	increased	14%	to	$657,956,000	in	2007,	from	$578,050,000	in	2006.	Sales	and	client	service	expenses	include	
salaries	of	sales	and	client	service	personnel,	communications	expenses,	unreimbursed	travel	expenses,	expense	for	share-
based	payments,	sales	and	marketing	salaries	and	trade	show	and	advertising	costs.	The	increase	was	primarily	attributable	to	
growth in CernerWorks	managed	services	business.	

	   Total	expense	for	software	development	in	2007	increased	10%	to	$270,576,000,	from	$246,970,000	in	2006.	The	increase	

in aggregate expenditures for software development in 2007 was due to continued development and enhancement of 
the Cerner Millennium	platform	and	software	solutions	and	investments	in	new	initiatives,	such	as	RxStation medication 
dispensing	devices.	Included	in	2007	software	development	expense	is	$8.6	million	of	research	and	development	activities	
for the RxStation medical	dispensing	device.	$3.4	million	of	this	amount	recorded	in	2007	is	related	to	periods	prior	to	2007.	A	
summary of the Company’s total software development expense in 2007 and 2006 is as follows:

(In thousands)

Software development costs

Capitalized	software	costs

Capitalized	costs	related	to	share-based	payments

Amortization	of	capitalized	software	costs

Total software development expense

2007

2006

$

$

	283,086	

	(64,789)

	(1,196)

	53,475	

	270,576	

$

$

	262,163	

	(59,991)

 (952)

	45,750	

	246,970	

	   General	and	administrative	expenses	as	a	percent	of	total	revenues	were	7%	in	2007	and	2006.	These	expenses	increased	
12%	to	$107,152,000	in	2007	from	$95,881,000	in	2006.	This	increase	was	due	primarily	to	the	growth	of	the	Company’s	
core	business	and	increased	presence	in	the	global	market.	General	and	administrative	expenses	include	salaries	for	
corporate,	financial	and	administrative	staff,	utilities,	communications	expenses,	professional	fees,	the	transaction	gains	or	
losses	on	foreign	currency	and	expense	for	share-based	payments.	The	Company	recorded	a	net	transaction	gain	on	foreign	
currency	of	$3,691,000	and	$3,764,000	in	2007	and	2006,	respectively.	

Net	interest	income	was	$1,269,000	in	2007,	compared	with	net	interest	expense	of	$697,000	in	2006.	Interest	income	increased	
to	$13,206,000	in	2007	from	$11,877,000	in	2006,	due	primarily	to	higher	yields	on	cash	and	short	term	investments.	Interest	
expense	decreased	to	$11,937,000	in	2007	from	$12,574,000	in	2006,	due	primarily	to	a	reduction	in	long-term	debt.	

Other	expense	was	$1,385,000	in	2007,	compared	to	other	income	of	$2,074,000	in	2006.	Included	in	2006	other	income	is	a	gain	
recorded	in	the	first	quarter	of	2006	related	to	the	renegotiation	of	a	supplier	contract	that	eliminated	a	liability	related	to	unfavorable	
future	commitments	due	to	that	supplier.	The	Company	was	able	to	renegotiate	the	contract	to	eliminate	certain	minimum	volume	
requirements	and	reduce	pricing	to	market	rates	leading	to	the	elimination	of	the	previously	recorded	liability.	

The	Company’s	effective	tax	rate	was	38%	and	34%	in	2007	and	2006,	respectively.	The	change	in	tax	rate	was	principally	related	to	
the	creation	of	a	valuation	allowance	in	a	non-U.S.	jurisdiction	in	2007.	

During	the	second	quarter	of	2007,	the	Company	determined	that	due	to	a	change	in	circumstances	in	the	quarter,	it	is	more	likely	
than	not	that	certain	tax	operating	loss	carry-forwards	in	a	non-U.S.	jurisdiction	would	not	be	realized	resulting	in	the	recognition	of	
a	valuation	allowance	totaling	approximately	$7,982,000.

Tax	 expense	 for	 2007	 and	 2006	 includes	 benefits	 of	 approximately	 $3,125,000	 and	 $1,994,000,	 respectively	 for	 adjustments	
relating	to	prior	periods.

38

 Operations by Segment
The	Company	has	two	operating	segments,	Domestic	and	Global.	

The following table presents a summary of the operating information for the years ended 2007 and 2006:

2007

Domestic

Global

Other

Total

Operating Segments

(In thousands)

Revenues

	$											1,227,434	

	$												290,677	

	$																1,766	

	$											1,519,877	

Cost of revenues

Operating expenses

Total costs and expenses

	221,154	

	331,124	

	552,278	

	53,367	

	151,355	

	204,722	

	5,589	

	553,205	

	558,794	

	280,110	

	1,035,684	

	1,315,794	

Operating earnings

	$														675,156	

	$														85,955	

	$									(557,028)

	$														204,083	

2006

Domestic

Global

Other

Total

Operating Segments

(In thousands)

Revenues

	$											1,166,662	

	$												207,367	

	$															4,009	

	$											1,378,038	

Cost of revenues

Operating expenses

Total costs and expenses

	251,574	

	308,085	

	559,659	

	39,224	

	107,571	

	146,795	

 172 

	505,245	

	505,417	

	290,970	

	920,901	

	1,211,871	

Operating earnings

	$														607,003	

	$														60,572	

	$									(501,408)

	$														166,167	

Domestic Segment
The Company’s Domestic segment includes revenue contributions and expenditures associated with business activity in the United 
States.	

Operating	earnings	increased	11%	to	$675,156,000	in	2007	from	$607,003,000	in	2006.	

	   Revenues	increased	5%	to	$1,227,434,000	in	2007	from	$1,166,662,000	in	2006.	This	increase	was	primarily	driven	by	

growth	in	managed	services	and	support	and	maintenance.

	   Cost	of	revenues	was	18%	and	22%	in	2007	and	2006,	respectively.	The	decline	was	driven	primarily	by	lower	commissions	

and	third	party	costs	on	licensed	software	sales,	lower	hardware	sales,	and	a	higher	mix	of	support,	maintenance	and	services	
revenues,	which	have	a	lower	cost	of	revenue.	

	   Operating	expenses	increased	7%	for	the	year	ended	December	29,	2007,	as	compared	to	the	year	ended	December	30,	2006,	

due	primarily	to	growth	in	managed	services.	

39

 Global Segment
The	 Company’s	 Global	 segment	 includes	 revenue	 contributions	 and	 expenditures	 linked	 to	 business	 activity	 in	 Australia,	 Austria,	
Belgium,	Canada,	Cayman	Islands,	China	(Hong	Kong),	Egypt,	England,	France,	Germany,	India,	Ireland,	Malaysia,	Puerto	Rico,	Saudi	
Arabia,	Singapore,	Spain	Sweden,	Switzerland	and	the	United	Arab	Emirates.	

Operating	earnings	increased	42%	to	$85,955,000	in	2007	from	$60,572,000	in	2006.	

	   Revenues	increased	40%	to	$290,677,000	in	2007	from	$207,367,000	in	2006.	Approximately	one	third	of	this	increase	was	
driven	by	an	increase	in	revenue	from	the	Company’s	participation	in	the	National	Health	Service	(NHS)	initiative	to	automate	
clinical	processes	and	digitize	medical	records	in	England.	The	increase	in	global	revenue	was	also	driven	by	growth	in	several	
other	countries,	including	Malaysia,	Australia,	Egypt,	France,	Spain,	and	the	United	Arab	Emirates.	Revenue	related	to	the	
NHS	initiative	that	is	being	accounted	for	at	zero	margin	totaled	$96,000,000	and	$71,000,000	for	the	2007	and	2006	fiscal	
years,	respectively.	These	revenues	did	not	affect	operating	earnings	as	the	Company	is	accounting	for	them	at	zero-margin	
using	a	zero-margin	approach	of	applying	percentage-of-completion	accounting	until	either	the	software	customization	and	
development	services	are	completed	or	the	Company	is	able	to	determine	fair	value	for	the	support	services.	The	Company	
expects	to	recognize	margin	on	the	arrangements	by	2009.	The	remaining	unrecognized	portion	of	the	fee	will	be	recognized	
over	the	remaining	term	of	the	arrangement,	which	expires	in	2014.

	   Cost	of	revenues	was	18%	and	19%	in	2007	and	2006,	respectively.	The	lower	cost	of	revenues	was	driven	by	a	slightly	higher	

mix	of	support,	maintenance	and	services	revenues,	which	have	a	lower	cost	of	revenue.	

	   Operating	expenses	for	the	year	ended	December	29,	2007	increased	41%,	compared	to	the	year	ended	December	30,	2006,	

primarily	due	to	hiring	personnel	for	the	projects	in	England	and	supporting	growth	in	other	global	regions.	

Other Segment
The	Company’s	Other	segment	includes	revenues	and	expenses	which	are	not	tracked	by	geographic	segment.	Operating	losses	
increased	11%	to	$557,028,000	in	2007	from	$501,408,000	in	2006.	This	increase	was	primarily	due	to	an	increase	in	operating	
expenses	 such	 as	 software	 development,	 marketing,	 general	 and	 administrative,	 share-based	 compensation	 expense	 and	
depreciation.

Year Ended December 30, 2006, Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2005

The	Company’s	net	earnings	increased	27%	to	$109,891,000	in	2006	compared	to	$86,251,000	in	2005.	Net	earnings	for	2006	
include	adjustments	for	approximately	$1,994,000	of	tax	benefit	for	items	relating	to	prior	periods.	2006	net	earnings	also	reflect	
the	impact	of	accounting	pursuant	to	Statement	of	Financial	Accounting	Standards	(SFAS)	No.	123R,	“Share-Based	Payment,”	which	
requires	the	expensing	of	stock	options.	The	effect	of	accounting	under	SFAS	123R	reduced	the	2006	net	earnings	by	$11,746,000	
(net	of	taxes).	Net	earnings	for	2005	included	an	adjustment	in	the	third	quarter	of	2005	related	to	a	prior	period	for	a	tax	benefit	
from	the	carry-back	of	a	capital	loss	generated	by	the	sale	of	Zynx	of	$4,794,000	and	the	write-off	of	acquired	in-process	research	
and	development	in	the	first	quarter	of	2005	of	$3,941,000,	net	of	a	$2,441,000	tax	benefit.	

Revenues	 increased	 19%	 to	 $1,378,038,000	 in	 2006	 from	 $1,160,785,000	 in	 2005.	 The	 revenue	 composition	 for	 2006	 was	
$505,743,000	 in	 system	 sales,	 $340,416,000	 in	 support	 and	 maintenance,	 $492,828,000	 in	 services	 and	 $39,051,000	 in	
reimbursed	travel.	

	   System	sales	increased	12%	to	$505,743,000	in	2006	from	$449,734,000	in	2005.	Included	in	system	sales	are	revenues	
from	the	sale	of	software,	hardware,	sublicensed	software,	deployment	period	licensed	software	upgrade	rights,	installation	
fees,	transaction	processing	and	subscriptions.	System	sales	growth	in	2006	was	driven	by	strong	growth	of	software,	
hardware	and	subscriptions.	

	   Support,	maintenance	and	service	revenues	increased	23%	to	$833,244,000	in	2006	from	$677,664,000	in	2005.	Included	
in	support,	maintenance	and	services	revenues	are	support	and	maintenance	of	software	and	hardware,	professional	services	
excluding	installation,	and	managed	services.	A	summary	of	the	Company’s	support,	maintenance	and	services	revenues	in	
2006 and 2005 is as follows:

(In thousands)

Support and maintenance revenues

Services revenue

Total	support,	maintenance,	and	services	revenues

$

$

	340,416	

	492,828	

	833,244	

$

$

	296,716	

	380,948	

	677,664	

2006

2005

40

	   The	$111,880,000,	or	29%,	increase	in	services	revenues	was	attributable	to	growth	in	professional	services	and	CernerWorks 
managed	services.	The	$43,700,000,	or	15%,	increase	in	support	and	maintenance	revenues	is	attributable	to	continued	
success at selling Cerner Millennium	applications,	implementing	them	at	client	sites,	and	initiating	billing	for	support	and	
maintenance	fees.

	   Contract	backlog,	which	reflects	new	business	bookings	that	have	not	yet	been	recognized	as	revenue,	increased	27%	in	2006	
compared	to	2005.	This	increase	is	due	to	a	strong	increase	in	new	business	bookings	in	2006	compared	to	2005.	A	summary	
of the Company’s 2006 and 2005 total backlog follows:

(In thousands)

Contract backlog

Support and maintenance backlog

Total backlog

2006

2005

$

$

	2,194,460	

	469,473	

	2,663,933	

$

$

	1,724,583	

	415,681	

	2,140,264	

The	cost	of	revenues	was	21%	of	total	revenues	in	2006	and	22%	of	total	revenues	in	2005.	The	cost	of	revenues	includes	the	cost	
of	reimbursed	travel	expense,	sales	commissions,	third	party	consulting	services	and	subscription	content,	computer	hardware	and	
sublicensed	software	purchased	from	hardware	and	software	manufacturers	for	delivery	to	clients.	It	also	includes	the	cost	of	hardware	
maintenance	and	sublicensed	software	support	subcontracted	to	the	manufacturers.	Such	costs,	as	a	percent	of	revenues,	typically	
have	varied	as	the	mix	of	revenue	(software,	hardware,	maintenance,	support,	services	and	reimbursed	travel)	carrying	different	margin	
rates	changes	from	period	to	period.	The	decrease	in	the	cost	of	revenue	as	a	percent	of	total	revenues	resulted	principally	from	strong	
levels	of	software	sales	and	strong	growth	in	services	that	do	not	have	a	high	level	of	associated	third	party	costs.

Total	operating	expenses,	excluding	cost	of	revenues,	increased	20%	to	$920,901,000	in	2006	from	$765,663,000	in	2005.	Accounting	
pursuant	to	SFAS	123(R),	which	results	in	the	expensing	of	share-based	compensation,	impacted	expenses	as	indicated	below:

(In thousands)

Sales and client service expenses

Software development expense

General	and	administrative	expenses

Total	stock-based	compensation	expense

2006

$

$

	11,412	

	4,269	

	3,340	

19,021

	   Sales	and	client	service	expenses	as	a	percent	of	total	revenues	were	42%	and	40%	in	2006	and	2005,	respectively.	The	

increase	in	total	sales	and	client	service	expenses	to	$578,050,000	in	2006	from	$466,206,000	in	2005	was	primarily	due	
to an increase in personnel expenses associated with the strong growth in our professional services and managed services 
businesses	and	an	increased	presence	in	the	global	market.	Sales	and	client	service	expenses	include	salaries	of	sales	and	
client	service	personnel,	communications	expenses,	unreimbursed	travel	expenses,	expense	for	share-based	payments,	sales	
and	marketing	salaries	and	trade	show	and	advertising	costs.	

	   Total	expense	for	software	development	in	2006	increased	17%	to	$246,970,000,	from	$211,455,000	in	2005.	The	increase	
in aggregate expenditures for software development in 2006 was due to continued development and enhancement of the 
Cerner Millennium	platform	and	software	solutions.	A	summary	of	the	Company’s	total	software	development	expense	for	
2006 and 2005 is as follows:

(In thousands)

Software development costs

Capitalized	software	costs

Capitalized	costs	related	to	share-based	payments

Amortization	of	capitalized	software	costs

Total software development expense

2006

2005

$

$

	262,163	

	(59,991)

 (952)

	45,750	

	246,970	

$

$

	225,606	

	(62,039)

	-

	47,888	

	211,455	

41

  
 	   General	and	administrative	expenses	as	a	percent	of	total	revenues	were	7%	in	both	2006	and	2005.	Total	general	and	
administrative	expenses	were	$95,881,000	and	$81,620,000	for	2006	and	2005,	respectively.	The	increase	was	due	
primarily	to	growth	in	the	Company’s	core	business	and	increased	presence	in	the	global	market.	General	and	administrative	
expenses	include	salaries	for	corporate,	financial	and	administrative	staffs,	utilities,	communications	expenses,	professional	
fees	and	the	transaction	gains	or	losses	on	foreign	currency.	The	Company	had	net	transaction	gains	on	foreign	currency	of	
$3,764,000	for	2006	compared	to	$2,700,000	for	2005.	

	   2005	includes	a	write-off	of	in	process	research	and	development	in	the	amount	of	$3,941,000,	net	of	$2,441,000	tax	benefit,	

related	to	the	acquisition	of	the	medical	division	of	VitalWorks.	

Net	 interest	 expense	 was	 $697,000	 in	 2006	 compared	 to	 $5,858,000	 in	 2005.	 Interest	 income	 increased	 to	 $11,877,000	 in	
2006	from	$3,871,000	in	2005,	due	primarily	to	higher	interest	rates	and	a	higher	cash	balance.	Interest	expense	increased	to	
$12,574,000	in	2006	from	$9,729,000	in	2005,	due	primarily	to	a	higher	level	of	debt	during	2006.	

Other	income	was	$2,074,000	in	2006	compared	to	$666,000	in	2005.	Included	in	other	income	is	income	from	office	space	leased	
to	third	parties.	2006	other	income	also	includes	a	gain	recorded	in	the	first	quarter	of	2006	related	to	the	renegotiation	of	a	supplier	
contract	that	eliminated	a	liability	related	to	unfavorable	future	commitments	due	to	that	supplier.	The	Company	was	able	to	renegotiate	
the contract to eliminate certain minimum volume requirements and reduce pricing to market rates leading to the elimination of the 
previously	recorded	liability.	The	increase	in	other	income	in	2006	was	driven	by	this	gain	and	by	higher	lease	income.

The	Company’s	 effective	tax	rate	was	34%	and	36%	in	2006	and	2005,	 respectively.	 Tax	expense	for	2006	includes	benefits	of	
approximately	$1,994,000	for	adjustments	relating	to	prior	periods.	Tax	expense	for	2005	includes	an	adjustment	that	reduced	tax	
expense	related	to	a	prior	period	for	a	tax	benefit	from	the	carry-back	of	a	capital	loss	generated	by	the	sale	of	Zynx	of	$4,749,000.	
Adjusting	for	these	items,	the	effective	tax	rates	were	36%	and	40%	in	2006	and	2005,	respectively.

Operations by Segment

The	Company	has	two	operating	segments,	Domestic	and	Global.	

The following table presents a summary of the operating information for the years ended 2006 and 2005:

2006

Domestic

Global

Other

Total

Operating Segments

(In thousands)

Revenues

	$											1,166,662	

	$												207,367	

	$															4,009	

	$											1,378,038	

Cost of revenues

Operating expenses

Total costs and expenses

	251,574	

	308,085	

	559,659	

	39,224	

	107,571	

	146,795	

 172 

	505,245	

	505,417	

	290,970	

	920,901	

	1,211,871	

Operating earnings

	$														607,003	

	$														60,572	

	$									(501,408)

	$														166,167	

2005

Domestic

Global

Other

Total

Operating Segments

(In thousands)

Revenues

	$											1,043,804	

	$												113,317	

	$															3,664	

	$											1,160,785	

Cost of revenues

Operating expenses

Total costs and expenses

	238,096	

	288,098	

	526,194	

	17,189	

	48,098	

	65,287	

 (599 )

	429,467	

	428,868

	254,686	

	765,663

	1,020,349	

Operating earnings

	$														517,610

	$														48,030	

	$									(425,204)

	$														140,436	

42

 Domestic Segment
The Company’s Domestic segment includes revenue contributions and expenditures associated with business activity in the United 
States.	

Operating	earnings	increased	17%	to	$607,003,000	in	2006	from	$517,610,000	in	2005.	

	   Revenues	increased	12%	to	$1,166,662,000	in	2006	from	$1,043,804,000	in	2005.	This	increase	was	primarily	driven	by	

growth	in	managed	and	professional	services.

	   Cost	of	revenues	was	basically	unchanged	at	22%	and	23%	in	2006	and	2005,	respectively.	

	   Operating	expenses	increased	7%	for	the	year	ended	December	30,	2006,	as	compared	to	the	year	ended	December	31,	2005,	

due	primarily	to	growth	in	professional	and	managed	services.	

Global Segment
The	Company’s	Global	segment	includes	revenue	contributions	and	expenditures	linked	to	business	activity	outside	of	the	United	
States,	 which	 for	 2006	 and	 2005	 included:	 in	 Australia,	 Canada,	 China	 (Hong	 Kong),	 England,	 France,	 Germany,	 India,	 Malaysia,	
Saudi	Arabia,	Singapore,	Spain	and	the	United	Arab	Emirates.	

Operating	earnings	increased	26%	to	$60,572,000	in	2006	from	$48,030,000	in	2005.	

	   Revenues	increased	83%	to	$207,367,000	in	2006	from	$113,317,000	in	2005.	This	increase	was	primarily	driven	by	an	

increase	in	revenue	from	the	Company’s	participation	in	the	National	Health	Service	(NHS)	initiative	to	automate	clinical	
processes	and	digitize	medical	records	in	England.	Revenue	related	to	the	NHS	initiative	that	is	being	accounted	for	at	zero-
margin	totaled	$71,000,000	and	$14,000,000	for	the	2006	and	2005	fiscal	years,	respectively.	These	revenues	did	not	affect	
operating	earnings	as	the	Company	is	accounting	for	them	at	zero-margin	using	a	zero-margin	approach	of	applying	percentage-
of-completion	accounting	until	either	the	software	customization	and	development	services	are	completed	or	the	Company	is	
able	to	determine	fair	value	for	the	support	services.	The	Company	expects	to	recognize	margin	on	the	arrangements	by	2009.	
The	remaining	unrecognized	portion	of	the	fee	will	be	recognized	over	the	remaining	term	of	the	arrangement,	which	expires	in	
2014.	

	   Cost	of	revenues	was	19%	and	15%	in	2006	and	2005,	respectively.	The	increase	in	costs	of	revenues	as	a	percent	of	total	

revenues	was	driven	by	a	much	higher	level	of	global	hardware	sales	in	2006	compared	to	2005.	

	   Operating	expenses	for	the	year	ended	December	30,	2006	increased	124%,	compared	to	the	year	ended	December	31,	2005,	

primarily	due	to	hiring	personnel	for	the	projects	in	England	and	supporting	growth	in	other	global	regions.	

Other Segment
The	Company’s	Other	segment	includes	revenues	and	expenses	which	are	not	tracked	by	geographic	segment.	

Operating	 losses	 increased	 18%	 to	 $501,408,000	 in	 2006	 from	 $425,204,000	 in	 2005.	 This	 increase	 was	 primarily	 due	 to	 an	
increase	in	operating	expenses	such	as	software	development,	marketing,	general	and	administrative,	share-based	compensation	
expense	 and	 depreciation.	 Operating	 expenses	 in	 the	 2005	 period	 includes	 the	 write-off	 of	 acquired	 in-process	 research	 and	
development	of	$6,382,000.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The	Company’s	liquidity	is	influenced	by	many	factors,	including	the	amount	and	timing	of	the	Company’s	revenues,	its	cash	collections	
from	its	clients	and	the	amounts	the	Company	invests	in	software	development,	acquisitions	and	capital	expenditures.	

The	Company’s	principal	source	of	liquidity	is	its	cash,	cash	equivalents	and	short-term	investments.	The	majority	of	the	Company’s	
cash	and	cash	equivalents	consist	of	U.S.	Government	Federal	Agency	Securities,	short-term	marketable	securities	and	overnight	
repurchase	 agreements.	 At	 December	 29,	 2007	 the	 Company	 had	 cash	 and	 cash	 equivalents	 of	 $182,914,000,	 short-term	
investments	 of	 $161,600,000	 and	 working	 capital	 of	 $530,441,000	 compared	 to	 cash	 and	 cash	 equivalents	 of	 $162,545,000,	
short-term	investments	of	$146,239,000	and	working	capital	of	$444,656,000	at	December	30,	2006.	

At	December	29,	2007,	we	held	approximately	$162	million	of	auction	rate	securities,	classified	as	short-term	investments,	with	an	
auction	reset	feature	(“auction	rate	securities”)	whose	underlying	assets	are	generally	student	loans	which	are	substantially	backed	
by	various	state	governments.	There	were	successful	auctions	for	all	of	the	securities	held	at	December	29,	2007.	At	February	14,	
2008,	we	held	approximately	$122	million	of	auction	rate	securities.	In	February	2008,	auctions	failed	for	$36	million	of	our	auction	
rate	securities,	and	there	is	no	assurance	that	currently	successful	auctions	on	the	other	auction	rate	securities	in	our	investment	
portfolio	will	continue	to	succeed,	and	as	a	result,	our	ability	to	liquidate	our	investment	and	fully	recover	the	carrying	value	of	our	
investment	in	the	near	term	may	be	limited	or	not	exist.	An	auction	failure	means	that	the	parties	wishing	to	sell	securities	could	not.	

43

 All	of	our	auction	rate	securities,	including	those	subject	to	the	failure,	are	currently	rated	AAA,	the	highest	rating	by	a	rating	agency.	
If	the	issuers	are	unable	to	successfully	close	future	auctions	and	their	credit	ratings	deteriorate,	we	may	in	the	future	be	required	
to	 record	an	impairment	 charge	on	these	investments.	 We	 believe	we	 will	be	able	 to	 liquidate	 our	 investment	 without	 significant	
loss	within	the	next	year,	and	we	currently	believe	these	securities	are	not	significantly	impaired,	primarily	due	to	the	government	
guarantees	and	AAA	ratings	of	the	underlying	securities,	however,	it	could	take	until	the	final	maturity	of	the	underlying	notes	(up	to	
30	years)	to	realize	our	investments’	recorded	value.	Based	on	our	expected	operating	cash	flows,	and	our	other	sources	of	cash,	we	
do	not	anticipate	the	potential	lack	of	liquidity	on	these	investments	to	affect	our	ability	to	execute	our	current	business	plan.	

Cash Flow from Operating Activities
The	 Company	 generated	 cash	 of	 $274,565,000,	 $232,718,000	 and	 $228,865,000	 from	 operations	 in	 2007,	 2006	 and	 2005,	
respectively.	Cash	flow	from	operations	increased	in	2007	due	primarily	to	a	stronger	performance	in	net	earnings.	The	Company	
has	periodically	provided	long-term	financing	options	to	creditworthy	clients	through	third	party	financing	institutions	and	has	directly	
provided	extended	payment	terms	to	clients	from	contract	date.	These	extended	payment	term	arrangements	typically	provide	for	
date	based	payments	over	periods	ranging	from	12	months	to	seven	years.	Pursuant	to	SOP	97-2,	because	a	significant	portion	of	
the	fee	is	due	beyond	one	year,	we	have	analyzed	our	history	with	these	types	of	arrangements	and	have	concluded	that	we	do	have	
a standard business practice of using extended payment term arrangements and have a long history of successfully collecting under 
the	original	payment	terms	for	arrangements	with	similar	clients,	product	offerings	and	economics	without	granting	concessions.	
Accordingly,	we	consider	the	fee	to	be	fixed	and	determinable	in	these	extended	payment	term	arrangements	and,	thus,	the	timing	
of	revenue	is	not	impacted	by	the	existence	of	extended	payments.	Some	of	these	payment	streams	have	been	assigned	on	a	non-
recourse	basis	to	third	party	financing	institutions.	The	Company	has	provided	its	usual	and	customary	performance	guarantees	to	
the	third	party	financing	institutions	in	connection	with	its	on-going	obligations	under	the	client	contract.	During	2007,	2006	and	
2005,	the	Company	received	total	client	cash	collections	of	$1,646,584,000,	$1,457,603,000	and	$1,200,595,000,	respectively,	
of	 which	 approximately	 5%,	 7%	 and	 7%	 were	 received	 from	 third	 party	 client	 financing	 arrangements	 and	 non-recourse	 payment	
assignments,	respectively.	The	days	sales	outstanding	increased	to	90	days	for	the	quarter	ended	December	29,	2007	compared	
to	87	days	for	the	quarter	ended	December	30,	2006.	Revenues	provided	under	support	and	maintenance	agreements	represent	
recurring	cash	flows.	Support	and	maintenance	revenues	increased	17%	in	2007	and	15%	in	2006,	and	the	Company	expects	these	
revenues	to	continue	to	grow	as	the	base	of	installed	systems	grows.

Cash Flow from Investing Activities
Cash	used	in	investing	activities	in	2007	consisted	primarily	of	capital	purchases	of	$180,723,000,	which	includes	$105,678,000	of	
capital	equipment	and	$75,045,000	of	land,	buildings	and	improvements	and	business	acquisitions	totaling	$24,061,000.	Capitalized	
software	 development	 costs	 were	 $66,063,000	 in	 2007.	 Cash	 paid	 for	 short-term	 investments,	 net	 of	 sales	 and	 maturities	 was	
$13,277,000	in	2007.	Cash	used	in	investing	activities	in	2006	consisted	primarily	of	capital	purchases	of	$131,478,000,	which	
includes	$70,299,000	of	capital	equipment	and	$61,179,000	of	land,	buildings	and	improvements.	Capitalized	software	development	
costs	were	$61,223,000	and	the	acquisition	of	businesses	totaled	$13,731,000.	Cash	provided	by	sales	and	maturities	of	short-
term	investments,	net	of	purchases,	was	$29,122,000	in	2006.

In	the	second	quarter	of	2007,	the	Company	completed	the	construction	of	a	new	data	center	on	its	World	Headquarters	campus	
in	 North	 Kansas	 City,	 Missouri.	 The	 Company	 spent	 approximately	 $61,203,000	 on	 this	 construction	 project.	 Of	 this	 amount,	
$34,345,000	was	spent	in	2006	and	the	remaining	amount	was	spent	in	2007.	

Cash Flow from Financing Activities
The	Company’s	2007	financing	activities	consisted	primarily	of	proceeds	from	the	exercise	of	options	of	$29,085,000,	the	excess	tax	
benefit	from	share-based	compensation	of	$30,357,000	and	repayment	of	long-term	debt	of	$22,359,000.	In	2006,	the	Company’s	
financing	activities	consisted	primarily	of	proceeds	from	the	exercise	of	options	of	$21,704,000,	the	excess	tax	benefit	from	share-
based	compensation	of	$7,068,000	and	repayment	of	long-term	debt	of	$30,783,000.

In	December	2007,	the	Company	had	a	one-day	borrowing	of	$40,000,000	from	its	line	of	credit	which	was	repaid	on	the	following	
day.	This	was	in	connection	with	tax	incentives	related	to	the	World	Headquarters	data	center.	The	Company	does	not	expect	this	to	
be	necessary	in	future	periods.

In	November	2005,	the	Company	completed	a	£65,000,000	($129,779,000	at	December	29,	2007)	private	placement	of	debt	at	
5.54%	pursuant	to	a	Note	Agreement.	The	Note	Agreement	is	payable	in	seven	equal	annual	installments	beginning	in	November	
2009.	 The	 proceeds	 were	 used	 to	 repay	 the	 outstanding	 amount	 under	 the	 Company’s	 credit	 facility	 and	 for	 general	 corporate	
purposes.	The	Note	Agreement	contains	certain	net	worth	and	fixed	charge	coverage	covenants	and	provides	certain	restrictions	
on	the	Company’s	ability	to	borrow,	incur	liens,	sell	assets	and	pay	dividends.	The	Company	was	in	compliance	with	all	covenants	at	
December	29,	2007.

44

 In	December	2002,	the	Company	completed	a	$60,000,000	private	placement	of	debt	pursuant	to	a	Note	Agreement.	The	Series	A	
Senior	Notes,	with	a	$21,000,000	principal	amount	at	5.57%,	are	payable	in	three	equal	installments	that	commenced	in	December	
2006.	The	Series	B	Senior	notes,	with	a	$39,000,000	principal	amount	at	6.42%,	are	payable	in	four	equal	annual	installments	
beginning	December	2009.	The	proceeds	were	used	to	repay	the	outstanding	amount	under	the	Company’s	credit	facility	and	for	
general	 corporate	 purposes.	 The	 Note	 Agreement	 contains	 certain	 net	 worth	 and	 fixed	 charge	 coverage	 covenants	 and	 provides	
certain	restrictions	on	the	Company’s	ability	to	borrow,	incur	liens,	sell	assets	and	pay	dividends.	The	Company	was	in	compliance	
with	all	covenants	at	December	29,	2007.	

In	May	2002,	the	Company	expanded	its	credit	facility	by	entering	into	an	unsecured	credit	agreement	with	a	group	of	banks	led	by	
US	Bank.	This	agreement	was	amended	and	restated	on	November	30,	2006,	and	provides	for	a	current	revolving	line	of	credit	for	
working	capital	purposes.	The	current	revolving	line	of	credit	is	unsecured	and	requires	monthly	payments	of	interest	only.	Interest	is	
payable	at	the	Company’s	option	at	a	rate	based	on	prime	(7.25%	at	December	29,	2007)	or	LIBOR	(4.73%	at	December	29,	2007)	
plus	1.55%.	The	interest	rate	may	be	reduced	by	up	to	1.15%	if	certain	net	worth	ratios	are	maintained.	The	agreement	contains	
certain	net	worth,	current	ratio,	and	fixed	charge	coverage	covenants	and	provides	certain	restrictions	on	the	Company’s	ability	to	
borrow,	incur	liens,	sell	assets	and	pay	dividends.	A	commitment	fee	of	2/10%	is	payable	quarterly	based	on	the	usage	of	the	revolving	
line	of	credit.	The	revolving	line	of	credit	matures	on	May	31,	2010.	On	January	10,	2005,	the	Company	drew	down	$35,000,000	
from	its	revolving	line	of	credit	in	connection	with	the	acquisition	of	the	medical	business	division	of	VitalWorks.	(See	Note	2	to	the	
consolidated	financial	statements.)	This	amount	was	paid	in	full	as	of	December	31,	2005.	At	December	29,	2007,	the	Company	had	
no	outstanding	borrowings	under	this	agreement	and	had	$90,000,000	available	for	working	capital	purposes.	The	Company	was	in	
compliance	with	all	covenants	at	December	29,	2007.	

In	April	1999,	the	Company	completed	a	$100,000,000	private	placement	of	debt	pursuant	to	a	Note	Agreement.	The	Series	A	Senior	
Notes,	with	a	$60,000,000	principal	amount	at	7.14%,	were	paid	in	full	in	2006.	The	Series	B	Senior	Notes,	with	a	$40,000,000	
principal	amount	at	7.66%,	are	payable	in	six	equal	annual	installments	which	commenced	in	April	2004.	The	proceeds	were	used	to	
retire	the	Company’s	existing	$30,000,000	of	debt,	and	the	remaining	funds	were	used	for	capital	improvements	and	to	strengthen	
the	Company’s	cash	position.	The	Note	Agreement	contains	certain	net	worth,	current	ratio,	and	fixed	charge	coverage	covenants	
and	provides	certain	restrictions	on	the	Company’s	ability	to	borrow,	incur	liens,	sell	assets	and	pay	dividends.	The	Company	was	in	
compliance	with	all	covenants	at	December	29,	2007.	

The	Company	believes	that	its	present	cash	position,	together	with	cash	generated	from	operations	and,	if	necessary,	its	lines	of	
credit,	will	be	sufficient	to	meet	anticipated	cash	requirements	during	2008.

The	following	table	represents	a	summary	of	the	Company’s	contractual	obligations	and	commercial	commitments,	excluding	interest,	
as	of	December	29,	2007,	except	short-term	purchase	order	commitments	arising	in	the	ordinary	course	of	business.

Contractual Obligations 

(In thousands)

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013 and 

thereafter

Total

Payments due by period

Long-term	debt	obligations

$

13,506	

$ 36,029	

$ 	29,362	

$ 	28,290	

$ 	28,290	

$

	55,620	

$ 	191,097	

Capital lease obligations

Operating lease obligations

Purchase obligations

Other,	including	

 754 

34,143

	8,897	

 15 

27,791

	6,902	

	-	

24,497

	5,313	

	-	

23,387

	3,368	

	-	

22,928

	3,334	

	-	

99,198

 561 

 769 

232,124

	28,375	

    uncertain tax positions

 25 

	2,275	

	2,230	

	3,564	

	-	

	-	

	8,094	

Total

$ 57,325

$ 73,192

$ 61,402

$ 58,609

$ 54,552

$ 155,379

$ 460,459

The	effects	of	inflation	on	the	Company’s	business	during	2007,	2006	and	2005	were	not	significant.

45

 
 Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In	September	2006,	the	Financial	Accounting	Standards	Board	(FASB)	issued	Statement	of	Financial.	Accounting	Standards	No.	157	
(SFAS	157),	“Fair	Value	Measurements.”	This	statement	establishes	a	single	authoritative	definition	of	fair	value	when	accounting	
rules	require	the	use	of	fair	value,	sets	out	a	framework	for	measuring	fair	value	and	requires	additional	disclosures	about	fair	value	
measurements.	The	Company	is	currently	assessing	the	impact	of	adoption	of	SFAS	157	on	its	results	of	operations	and	its	financial	
position	and	will	be	required	to	adopt	SFAS	157	as	of	the	first	day	of	the	2008	fiscal	year.	The	effect	of	adopting	SFAS	157	is	not	
expected	to	be	material	to	the	Company’s	consolidated	financial	statements.

In	February	2007,	the	FASB	issued	Statement	of	Financial	Accounting	Standards	No.	159	(SFAS	159),	“The	Fair	Value	Option	for	
Financial	Assets	and	Financial	Liabilities.”	This	statement	provides	companies	with	an	option	to	report	selected	financial	assets	and	
liabilities	at	fair	value.	The	Company	is	currently	assessing	the	impact	of	adoption	of	SFAS	159	on	its	results	of	operations	and	its	
financial	position	and	will	be	required	to	adopt	SFAS	159	as	of	the	first	day	of	the	2008	fiscal	year.	The	effect	of	adopting	SFAS	159	
is	not	expected	to	be	material	to	the	Company’s	consolidated	financial	statements.

In	 December	 2007,	 the	 Financial	 Accounting	 Standards	 Board	 (FASB)	 issued	 Statement	 of	 Financial	 Accounting	 Standards	 No.	
141	(revised	2007),	Business	Combinations	(SFAS	141(R))	which	replaces	SFAS	141	and	supersedes	FIN	4,	“Applicability	of	FASB	
Statement	No.	2	to	Business	Combinations	Accounted	for	by	the	Purchase	Method”.	SFAS	141(R)	establishes	guidelines	for	how	an	
acquirer	measures	and	recognizes	the	identifiable	assets,	goodwill,	noncontrolling	interest,	and	liabilities	assumed	in	a	business	
combination.	Additionally,	SFAS	141(R)	outlines	the	disclosures	necessary	to	allow	financial	statement	users	to	assess	the	impact	
of	 the	 acquisition.	 The	 Company	 is	 currently	 assessing	 the	 impact	 of	 adoption	 of	 SFAS	 141(R)	 on	 its	 results	 of	 operations	 and	
its	 financial	 position,	 which	 is	 expected	 to	 be	 immaterial,	 and	 will	 be	 required	 to	 adopt	 SFAS	 141(R)	 prospectively	 for	 business	
combinations	occurring	on	or	after	the	first	day	of	the	2009	fiscal	year.	

Also	in	December	2007,	the	FASB	issued	Statement	of	Financial	Accounting	Standards	No.	160	(SFAS	160),	“Noncontrolling	Interests	
in	Consolidated	Financial	Statements”,	which	amends	ARB	No.	51.	SFAS	160	guides	that	a	noncontrolling	interest	in	a	subsidiary	
should	 be	 reported	 as	 equity	 in	 the	 consolidated	 financial	 statements,	 and	 that	 net	 income	 should	 be	 reported	 at	 amounts	 that	
include	the	amounts	attributable	to	both	the	parent	and	the	noncontrolling	interest.	The	Company	is	currently	assessing	the	impact	
of	adoption	of	SFAS	160	on	its	results	of	operations,	which	is	expected	to	be	immaterial,	and	its	financial	position	and	will	be	required	
to	adopt	SFAS	160	as	of	the	first	day	of	the	2009	fiscal	year.

Critical Accounting Policies

The Company believes that there are several accounting policies that are critical to understanding the Company’s historical and future 
performance,	as	these	policies	affect	the	reported	amount	of	revenue	and	other	significant	areas	involving	management’s	judgments	
and	estimates.	These	significant	accounting	policies	relate	to	revenue	recognition,	software	development,	potential	impairments	of	
goodwill	and	income	taxes.	These	policies	and	the	Company’s	procedures	related	to	these	policies	are	described	in	detail	below	and	
under	specific	areas	within	this	“Management	Discussion	and	Analysis	of	Financial	Condition	and	Results	of	Operations.”	In	addition,	
Note	1	to	the	consolidated	financial	statements	expands	upon	discussion	of	the	Company’s	accounting	policies.

Revenue Recognition
The	Company	recognizes	its	multiple	element	arrangements,	including	software	and	software-related	services,	using	the	residual	
method	under	SOP	97-2,	“Software	Revenue	Recognition,”	as	amended	by	SOP	No.	98-4,	SOP	98-9	and	clarified	by	Staff	Accounting	
Bulletin’s	 (SAB)	 104	 “Revenue	 Recognition”	 and	 Emerging	 Issues	 Task	 Force	 00-21	 “Accounting	 for	 Revenue	 Arrangements	 with	
Multiple	 Deliverables”	 (“EITF	 00-21”).	 Key	 factors	 in	 the	 Company’s	 revenue	 recognition	 model	 are	 management’s	 assessments	
that	 installation	 services	 are	 essential	 to	 the	 functionality	 of	 the	 Company’s	 software	 whereas	 implementation	 services	 are	 not;	
and	the	length	of	time	it	takes	for	the	Company	to	achieve	its	delivery	and	installation	milestones	for	its	licensed	software.	If	the	
Company’s business model were to change such that implementation services are deemed to be essential to the functionality of the 
Company’s	software,	the	period	of	time	over	which	the	Company’s	licensed	software	revenue	would	be	recognized	would	lengthen.	
The	Company	generally	recognizes	combined	revenue	from	the	sale	of	its	licensed	software	and	related	installation	services	over	
two	key	milestones,	delivery	and	installation,	based	on	percentages	that	reflect	the	underlying	effort	from	planning	to	installation.	
Generally,	both	milestones	are	achieved	in	the	quarter	the	contracts	are	executed.	If	the	period	of	time	to	achieve	the	Company’s	
delivery	and	installation	milestones	for	its	licensed	software	were	to	lengthen,	its	milestones	would	be	adjusted	and	the	timing	of	
revenue	recognition	for	its	licensed	software	could	materially	change.

The	Company	also	recognizes	revenue	for	certain	projects	using	the	percentage	of	completion	method	pursuant	to	Statement	of	Position	
81-1	(SOP	81-1),	Accounting	for	Performance	of	Construction-Type	and	Certain	Production-Type	Contracts, as	prescribed	by	SOP	97-2.	
The Company’s revenue recognition is dependent upon the Company’s ability to reliably estimate the direct labor hours to complete a 
project.	The	Company	utilizes	its	historical	project	experience	as	a	basis	for	its	future	estimates	to	complete	current	projects.	

46

 Software Development Costs
Costs incurred internally in creating computer software solutions and enhancements to those solutions are expensed until completion 
of	a	detailed	program	design,	which	is	when	the	Company	determines	that	technological	feasibility	has	been	established.	Thereafter,	
all	software	development	costs	are	capitalized	until	such	time	as	the	software	solutions	and	enhancements	are	available	for	general	
release,	and	the	capitalized	costs	subsequently	are	reported	at	the	lower	of	amortized	cost	or	net	realizable	value.	Net	realizable	
value is computed as the estimated gross future revenues from each software solution less the amount of estimated future costs 
of	 completing	 and	 disposing	 of	 that	 product.	 Because	 the	 development	 of	 projected	 net	 future	 revenues	 related	 to	 our	 software	
solutions	used	in	our	net	realizable	value	computation	is	based	on	estimates,	a	significant	reduction	in	our	future	revenues	could	
impact	the	recovery	of	our	capitalized	software	development	costs.	We	historically	have	not	experienced	significant	inaccuracies	in	
computing	the	net	realizable	value	of	our	software	solutions	and	the	difference	between	the	net	realizable	value	and	the	unamortized	
cost	has	grown	over	the	past	three	years.	We	expect	that	trend	to	continue	in	the	future.	If	we	missed	our	estimates	of	net	future	
revenues	 by	 up	 to	 10%,	 the	 amount	 of	 our	 capitalized	 software	 development	 costs	 would	 not	 be	 impaired.	 Capitalized	 costs	 are	
amortized	based	on	current	and	expected	net	future	revenue	for	each	software	solution	with	minimum	annual	amortization	equal	to	
the	straight-line	amortization	over	the	estimated	economic	life	of	the	software	solution.	The	Company	is	amortizing	capitalized	costs	
over	five	years.	The	five-year	period	over	which	capitalized	software	development	costs	are	amortized	is	an	estimate	based	upon	the	
Company’s	forecast	of	a	reasonable	useful	life	for	the	capitalized	costs.	Historically,	use	of	the	Company’s	software	programs	by	its	
clients	has	exceeded	five	years	and	is	capable	of	being	used	a	decade	or	more.	

The	Company	expects	that	major	software	information	systems	companies,	large	information	technology	consulting	service	providers	
and	systems	integrators	and	others	specializing	in	the	healthcare	industry	may	offer	competitive	products	or	services.	The	pace	of	
change	in	the	HIT	market	is	rapid	and	there	are	frequent	new	product	introductions,	product	enhancements	and	evolving	industry	
standards	and	requirements.	As	a	result,	the	capitalized	software	solutions	may	become	less	valuable	or	obsolete	and	could	be	
subject	to	impairment.

Goodwill
The	Company	accounts	for	its	goodwill	under	the	provisions	of	Statement	of	Financial	Accounting	Standards	(SFAS)	No.	142,	“Goodwill	
and	Other	Intangible	Assets.”	As	a	result,	goodwill	and	intangible	assets	with	indefinite	lives	are	not	amortized	but	are	evaluated	for	
impairment	annually	or	whenever	there	is	an	impairment	indicator.	All	goodwill	is	assigned	to	a	reporting	unit,	where	it	is	subject	to	an	
annual	impairment	test	based	on	fair	value.	The	Company	assesses	goodwill	for	impairment	in	the	second	quarter	of	each	fiscal	year	
and	evaluates	impairment	indicators	at	each	quarter	end.	The	Company	assessed	its	goodwill	for	impairment	in	the	second	quarters	
of	2007	and	2006	and	concluded	that	no	goodwill	was	impaired.	The	Company	used	a	discounted	cash	flow	analysis	to	determine	
the	fair	value	of	the	reporting	units	for	all	periods.	Goodwill	amounted	to	$143,924,000	and	$128,819,000	at	December	29,	2007	
and	December	30,	2006,	respectively.	If	future,	anticipated	cash	flows	from	the	Company’s	reporting	units	that	recognized	goodwill	
do	not	materialize	as	expected	the	Company’s	goodwill	could	be	impaired,	which	could	result	in	significant	write-offs.	

Income Taxes
In	2006,	the	FASB	issued	Interpretation	No.	48	(FIN	48),	“Accounting	for	Uncertainty	in	Income	Taxes	–	an	Interpretation	of	SFAS	
No.	 109.”	 FIN	 48	 clarifies	 the	 accounting	 for	 uncertainty	 in	 income	 taxes	 recognized	 in	 an	 enterprise’s	 financial	 statements	 in	
accordance	with	SFAS	No.	109,	“Accounting	for	Income	Taxes.”	FIN	48	also	prescribes	a	recognition	threshold	and	measurement	of	a	
tax	position	taken	or	expected	to	be	taken	in	an	enterprise’s	tax	return.	Management	makes	a	number	of	assumptions	and	estimates	
in	determining	the	appropriate	amount	of	expense	to	record	for	income	taxes.	These	assumptions	and	estimates	consider	the	taxing	
jurisdiction	in	which	the	Company	operates	as	well	as	current	tax	regulations.	Accruals	are	established	for	estimates	of	tax	effects	
for	certain	transactions,	business	structures	and	future	projected	profitability	of	the	Company’s	businesses	based	on	management’s	
interpretation	of	existing	facts	and	circumstances.	If	these	assumptions	and	estimates	were	to	change	as	a	result	of	new	evidence	or	
changes	in	circumstances	the	change	in	estimate	could	result	in	a	material	adjustment	to	the	consolidated	financial	statements.	The	
Company	adopted	FIN	48	effective	at	the	beginning	of	2007.	The	adoption	of	FIN	48	did	not	have	any	impact	on	Cerner’s	consolidated	
financial	position.	See	Note	9	to	the	consolidated	financial	statements	for	additional	disclosures	related	to	FIN	48.

Our management has discussed the development and selection of these critical accounting estimates with the Audit Committee of 
our	Board	of	Directors	and	the	Audit	Committee	has	reviewed	the	Company’s	disclosure	contained	herein.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
At	December	29,	2007,	the	Company	had	a	£65,000,000	($129,779,000	at	December	29,	2007)	note	payable	outstanding	through	
a	private	placement	with	an	interest	rate	of	5.54%.	The	note	is	payable	in	seven	equal	installments	beginning	in	November	2009.	
Because	the	borrowing	is	denominated	in	pounds,	the	Company	is	exposed	to	movements	in	the	foreign	currency	exchange	rate	
between	the	U.S.	dollar	and	the	Great	Britain	pound.	The	note	was	entered	into	for	other	than	trading	purposes.	Beginning	in	2006,	

47

 at	the	beginning	of	each	quarterly	period,	the	Company	designated	a	portion	(between	£60	million	and	£63	million	during	the	year)	of	
its	debt	(£65	million)	that	is	denominated	in	Great	Britain	Pounds,	to	hedge	its	net	investment	in	England.	During	2007	the	Company	
designated	all	£65	million	of	its	debt	that	is	denominated	in	Great	Britain	Pounds.	

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
The	Financial	Statements	and	Notes	required	by	this	Item	are	submitted	as	a	separate	part	of	this	report.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial 
Disclosure
None.	

Item 9.A. Controls and Procedures

a.	

b.	

c.	

Evaluation	of	disclosure	controls	and	procedures.	The	Company’s	Chief	Executive	Officer	(CEO)	and	Chief	Financial	Officer	
(CFO)	have	evaluated	the	effectiveness	of	the	Company’s	disclosure	controls	and	procedures	(as	defined	in	the	Exchange	Act	
Rules	13a-15(e)	and	15d-15(e))	as	of	the	end	of	the	period	covered	by	the	Annual	Report	(the	“Evaluation	Date”).	They	have	
concluded	that,	as	of	the	Evaluation	Date,	these	disclosure	controls	and	procedures	were	effective	to	ensure	that	material	
information relating to the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries would be made known to them by others within those 
entities	and	would	be	disclosed	on	a	timely	basis.	The	CEO	and	CFO	have	concluded	that	the	Company’s	disclosure	controls	
and	procedures	are	designed,	and	are	effective,	to	give	reasonable	assurance	that	the	information	required	to	be	disclosed	
by	the	Company	in	reports	that	it	files	under	the	Exchange	Act	is	recorded,	processed,	summarized	and	reported	within	the	
time	period	specified	in	the	rules	and	forms	of	the	SEC.	They	have	also	concluded	that	the	Company’s	disclosure	controls	
and	procedures	are	effective	to	ensure	that	information	required	to	be	disclosed	in	the	reports	that	are	filed	or	submitted	
under	the	Exchange	Act	are	accumulated	and	communicated	to	the	Company’s	management,	including	the	CEO	and	CFO,	to	
allow	timely	decisions	regarding	required	disclosure.	

There	were	no	changes	in	the	Company’s	internal	controls	over	financial	reporting	during	the	three	months	ended	December	
29,	2007,	that	have	materially	affected,	or	are	reasonably	likely	to	materially	affect,	its	internal	controls	over	financial	
reporting.

The	Company’s	management,	including	its	Chief	Executive	Officer	and	Chief	Financial	Officer,	have	concluded	that	our	
disclosure	controls	and	procedures	and	internal	control	over	financial	reporting	are	designed	to	provide	reasonable	
assurance	of	achieving	their	objectives	and	are	effective	at	that	reasonable	assurance	level.	However,	the	Company’s	
management	can	provide	no	assurance	that	our	disclosure	controls	and	procedures	or	our	internal	control	over	financial	
reporting	can	prevent	all	errors	and	all	fraud	under	all	circumstances.	A	control	system,	no	matter	how	well	conceived	and	
operated,	can	provide	only	reasonable,	not	absolute,	assurance	that	the	objectives	of	the	control	system	are	met.	Further,	
the	design	of	a	control	system	must	reflect	the	fact	that	there	are	resource	constraints,	and	the	benefits	of	controls	must	be	
considered	relative	to	their	costs.	Because	of	the	inherent	limitations	in	all	control	systems,	no	evaluation	of	controls	can	
provide	absolute	assurance	that	all	control	issues	and	instances	of	fraud,	if	any,	within	the	Company	have	been	or	will	be	
detected.	The	design	of	any	system	of	controls	also	is	based	in	part	upon	certain	assumptions	about	the	likelihood	of	future	
events,	and	there	can	be	no	assurance	that	any	design	will	succeed	in	achieving	its	stated	goals	under	all	potential	future	
conditions;	over	time,	controls	may	become	inadequate	because	of	changes	in	conditions,	or	the	degree	of	compliance	with	
policies	or	procedures	may	deteriorate.	Because	of	the	inherent	limitations	in	a	cost-effective	control	system,	misstatements	
due	to	error	or	fraud	may	occur	and	not	be	detected.

48

 Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
The	Company’s	management	is	responsible	for	establishing	and	maintaining	adequate	internal	control	over	financial	reporting	(as	
defined	 in	 Rule	 13a-15(f)	 under	 the	 Securities	 Exchange	 Act	 of	 1934,	 as	 amended).	 The	 Company’s	 management	 assessed	 the	
effectiveness	of	the	Company’s	internal	control	over	financial	reporting	as	of	December	29,	2007.	In	making	this	assessment,	the	
Company’s	 management	 used	 the	 criteria	 set	 forth	 by	 the	 Committee	 of	 Sponsoring	 Organizations	 of	 the	 Treadway	 Commission	
(“COSO”)	in	its	Internal	Control-Integrated	Framework.	The	Company’s	management	has	concluded	that,	as	of	December	29,	2007,	
the	Company’s	internal	control	over	financial	reporting	is	effective	based	on	these	criteria.	The	Company’s	independent	registered	
public	accounting	firm	that	audited	the	consolidated	financial	statements	included	in	the	annual	report	has	issued	an	audit	report	on	
the	effectiveness	of	the	Company’s	internal	control	over	financial	reporting,	which	is	included	herein	under	“Report	of	Independent	
Registered	Public	Accounting	Firm”.

Item 9.B. Other Information
None.

49

 PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
The	information	required	by	this	Item	10	regarding	our	Directors	will	be	set	forth	under	the	caption	“Election	of	Directors”	in	our	Proxy	
Statement	in	connection	with	the	2008	Annual	Shareholders’	Meeting	scheduled	to	be	held	May	23,	2008,	and	is	incorporated	in	this	
Item	10	by	reference.	The information required by this Item 10 concerning compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange 
Act	of	1934	will	be	set	forth	under	the	caption	“Section	16(a)	Beneficial	Ownership	Reporting	Compliance”	in	our	Proxy	Statement	
in	connection	with	the	2008	Annual	Shareholders’	Meeting	scheduled	to	be	held	May	23,	2008,	and	is	incorporated	in	this	Item	10	
by	reference.	

The information required by this Item 10 concerning our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics will be set forth under the caption 
“Code	of	Business	Conduct	and	Ethics”	in	our	Proxy	Statement	in	connection	with	the	2008	Annual	Shareholders’	Meeting	scheduled	
to	be	held	May	23,	2008,	and	is	incorporated	in	this	Item	10	by	reference.	The	information	required	by	this	Item	10	concerning	
our	Audit	Committee	and	our	Audit	Committee	financial	expert	will	be	set	forth	under	the	caption	“Audit	Committee”	in	our	Proxy	
Statement	in	connection	with	the	2008	Annual	Shareholders’	Meeting	scheduled	to	be	held	May	23,	2008,	and	is	incorporated	in	
this	Item	10	by	reference.

There have been no material changes to the procedures by which security holders may recommend nominees to our Board of Directors 
since	our	last	disclosure	thereof.

The	following	table	set	forth	the	names,	ages,	positions	and	certain	other	information	regarding	the	Company’s	executive	officers	as	
of	February	22,	2008.	Officers	are	elected	annually	and	serve	at	the	discretion	of	the	Board	of	Directors.	

Name 

Neal	L.	Patterson	

Clifford	W.	Illig	

Earl	H.	Devanny,	III	

Douglas	M.	Krebs	

Marc	G.	Naughton	

Jeffrey	A.	Townsend		

Mike	Valentine	

Randy	D.	Sims	

Julia	M.	Wilson	

Age 

Positions

58	

57	

56	

50	

52	

44	

39		

47	

45	

Chairman	of	the	Board	of	Directors	and	Chief	Executive	Officer	

Vice	Chairman	of	the	Board	of	Directors

President

Senior	Vice	President	Cerner	and	President	Cerner	Global	

Senior	Vice	President	and	Chief	Financial	Officer

Executive	Vice	President

Executive	Vice	President	and	General	Manager,	U.S.

Vice	President,	Chief	Legal	Officer	and	Secretary

Senior	Vice	President	and	Chief	People	Officer

Neal	L.	Patterson	has	been	Chairman	of	the	Board	of	Directors	and	Chief	Executive	Officer	of	the	Company	for	more	than	five	years.	
Mr.	Patterson	also	served	as	President	of	the	Company	from	March	of	1999	until	August	of	1999.

Clifford	W.	Illig	has	been	a	Director	of	the	Company	for	more	than	five	years.	He	also	served	as	Chief	Operating	Officer	of	the	Company	
for	more	than	five	years	until	October	1998	and	as	President	of	the	Company	for	more	than	five	years	until	March	of	1999.	Mr.	Illig	
was	appointed	Vice	Chairman	of	the	Board	of	Directors	in	March	of	1999.

Earl	H.	Devanny,	III	joined	the	Company	in	August	of	1999	as	President.	Mr.	Devanny	also	served	as	interim	President	of	Cerner	
Southeast	from	January	2003	through	July	2003.	Prior	to	joining	the	Company,	Mr.	Devanny	served	as	president	of	ADAC	Healthcare	
Information	Systems,	Inc.	Prior	to	joining	ADAC,	Mr.	Devanny	served	as	a	Vice	President	of	the	Company	from	1994	to	1997.	Prior	to	
that	he	spent	17	years	with	IBM	Corporation.	

Douglas	M.	Krebs	joined	the	Company	in	June	1994	as	a	Regional	Vice	President.	He	was	promoted	to	Senior	Vice	President	and	Area	
Manager	in	April	1999.	In	February	2000,	Mr.	Krebs	was	appointed	as	President	of	Cerner	Global	and	in	January	2005,	Mr.	Krebs	was	
appointed	General	Manager	of	the	Company’s	Global	Organization.	Prior	to	joining	Cerner,	he	spent	15	years	with	IBM	Corporation.

Marc	G.	Naughton	joined	the	Company	in	November	1992	as	Manager	of	Taxes.	In	November	1995	he	was	named	Chief	Financial	
Officer	and	in	February	1996	he	was	promoted	to	Vice	President.	He	was	promoted	to	Senior	Vice	President	in	March	2002.	

Jeffrey	A.	Townsend	 joined	the	Company	 in	 June	1985.	 Since	 that	 time	 he	has	 held	 several	 positions	in	 the	 Intellectual	 Property	
Organization	 and	 was	 promoted	 to	 Vice	 President	 in	 February	 1997.	 He	 was	 appointed	 Chief	 Engineering	 Officer	 in	 March	 1998,	
promoted	to	Senior	Vice	President	in	March	2001	and	promoted	to	Executive	Vice	President	in	March	2005.	

50

	
	
	
	
	
 Mike	 Valentine	 joined	 the	 Company	 in	 December	 1998	 as	 Director	 of	 Technology.	 He	 was	 promoted	 to	 Vice	 President	 in	 2000	
and	to	President	of	Cerner	Mid	America	in	January	of	2003.	In	February	2005,	he	was	named	General	Manager	of	the	U.S.	Client	
Organization	and	was	promoted	to	Senior	Vice	President	in	March	2005.	He	was	promoted	to	Executive	Vice	President	in	March	2007.	
Prior	to	joining	the	Company,	Mr.	Valentine	was	with	Accenture	Consulting.

Randy	D.	Sims	joined	the	Company	in	March	1997	as	Vice	President	and	Chief	Legal	Officer.	Prior	to	joining	the	Company,	Mr.	Sims	
worked	at	Farmland	Industries,	Inc.	for	three	years	where	he	served	most	recently	as	Associate	General	Counsel.	Prior	to	Farmland,	
Mr.	Sims	was	in-house	legal	counsel	at	The	Marley	Company	for	seven	years,	holding	the	position	of	Assistant	General	Counsel	when	
he	left	to	join	Farmland.

Julia	 M.	 Wilson	 joined	 the	 Company	 in	 November	 1995.	 Since	 that	 time,	 she	 has	 held	 several	 positions	 in	 the	 Functional	 Group	
Organization.	She	was	promoted	to	Vice	President	and	Chief	People	Officer	in	August	2003	and	to	Senior	Vice	President	in	March	
2007.

Item 11. Executive Compensation
The information	required	by	this	Item	11	concerning	our	executive	compensation	will	be	set	forth	under	the	caption	“Compensation	
Discussion	and	Analysis”	in	our	Proxy	Statement in connection with the 2008 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting scheduled to be held 
May	23,	2008,	and is incorporated in this Item 11	by	reference. The information required by this Item 11 concerning Compensation 
Committee	interlocks	and	insider	participation	will	be	set	forth	under	the	caption	“Compensation	Committee	Interlocks	and	Insider	
Participation”	in	our	Proxy	Statement	in	connection	with	the	2008	Annual	Shareholders’	Meeting	scheduled	to	be	held	May	23,	2008,	
and	is	incorporated	in	this	Item	11	by	reference.	The	 information	required	by	this	Item	11	concerning	 Compensation	Committee	
report	will	be	set	forth	under	the	caption	“Compensation	Committee	Report”	in	our	Proxy	Statement	in	connection	with	the	2008	
Annual	Shareholders’	Meeting	scheduled	to	be	held	May	23,	2008,	and	is	incorporated	in	this	Item	11	by	reference.	

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related 
Stockholder Matters
The information	required	by	this	Item	12	will	be	set	forth	under	the	caption	“Voting	Securities	and	Principal	Holders	Thereof”	in	our 
Proxy Statement in connection with the 2008 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting scheduled to	be	held	May	23,	2008,	and is incorporated 
in this Item 12 by	reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The information	required	by	this	Item	13	concerning	our	transactions	with	related	parties	will	be	set	forth	under	the	caption	“Certain	
Transactions”	in	our Proxy Statement in connection with the 2008 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting scheduled to be held May 23,	2008,	
and	is	incorporated	in	this	Item	13	by	reference.	The information required by this Item 13 concerning director independence will 
be	set	forth	under	the	caption	“Director	Independence”	in	our	Proxy	Statement	in	connection	with	the	2008	Annual	Shareholders’	
Meeting	scheduled	to	be	held	May	23,	2008,	and	is	incorporated	in this Item 13 by	reference.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services 
The  information	 required	 by	 this	 Item	 14	 will	 be	 set	 forth	 under	 the	 caption	 “Relationship	 with	 Independent	 Registered	 Public	
Accounting	Firm”	in	our Proxy Statement in connection with the 2008 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting scheduled to be held May 23, 
2008,	and is incorporated in this Item 14 by	reference.

51

 PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)	

Financial	Statements	and	Exhibits.	

(1) 

Consolidated Financial Statements: 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated	Balance	Sheets	-
December	29,	2007	and	December	30,	2006	

Consolidated	Statements	of	Operations	-
Years	Ended	December	29,	2007,	December	30,	2006	and	December	31,	2005

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity
Years	Ended	December	29,	2007,	December	30,	2006	and	December	31,	2005

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years	Ended	December	29,	2007,	December	30,	2006	and	December	31,	2005

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(2)	

	The	following	financial	statement	schedule	and	Report	of	Independent	Registered	Public	Accounting	
Firm	of	the	Registrant	for	the	three-year	period	ended	December	29,	2007	are	included	herein:

Schedule	II	-	Valuation	and	Qualifying	Accounts,

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

	All	other	schedules	are	omitted,	as	the	required	information	is	inapplicable	or	the	information	is	
presented	in	the	consolidated	financial	statements	or	related	notes

(3)	

The	exhibits	required	to	be	filed	by	this	item	are	set	forth	below:

Number 

Description

3(a)	

3(b)	

3(c)	

4(a)	

4(b)	

4(c)	

4(d)	

4(e)	

	Second	Restated	Certificate	of	Incorporation	of	the	Registrant,	dated	December	5,	2003	(filed	as	exhibit	3(a)	
to	Registrant’s	Annual	Report	on	Form	10-K	for	the	year	ended	January	3,	2004	and	incorporated	herein	by	
reference).	

	Amended	and	Restated	Bylaws,	dated	September	11,	2006	(filed	as	Exhibit	3.1	to	Registrant’s	Form	8-K	filed	on	
September	15,	2006	and	incorporated	herein	by	reference).

Bylaw	Amendment	No.	1,	dated	December	3,	2007.

	Specimen	stock	certificate	(filed	as	Exhibit	4(a)	to	Registrant’s	Annual	Report	on	Form	10-K	for	the	year	ended	
December	30,	2006	and	incorporated	herein	by	reference).	

	Amended	and	Restated	Credit	Agreement	between	Cerner	Corporation	and	U.S.	Bank	N.A.,	LaSalle	Bank	
National	Association,	Commerce	Bank,	N.A.	and	UMB	Bank,	N.A.,	dated	November	30,	2006	(filed	as	Exhibit	
99.1	to	Registrant’s	Form	8-K	filed	on	December	6,	2006,	and	incorporated	herein	by	reference).

	Cerner	Corporation	Note	Agreement	dated	April	1,	1999	among	Cerner	Corporation,	Principal	Life	Insurance	
Company,	Principal	Life	Insurance	Company,	on	behalf	of	one	or	more	separate	accounts,	Commercial	Union	
Life	Insurance	Company	of	America,	Nippon	Life	Insurance	Company	of	America,	John	Hancock	Mutual	Life	
Insurance	Company,	John	Hancock	Variable	Life	Insurance	Company,	and	Investors	Partner	Life	Insurance	
Company	(filed	as	Exhibit	4(e)	to	Registrant’s	Form	8-K	dated	April	23,	1999	and	incorporated	herein	by	
reference).	

	Note	Purchase	Agreement	between	Cerner	Corporation	and	the	purchasers	therein,	dated	December	15,	2002	
(filed	as	Exhibit	10(x)	to	Registrant’s	Annual	Report	on	Form	10-K	for	the	year	ended	December	28,	2002	and	
incorporated	herein	by	reference).

	Cerner	Corporation	Note	Purchase	Agreement	dated	November	1,	2005	among	Cerner	Corporation,	as	issuer,	
and	AIG	Annuity	Insurance	Company,	American	General	Life	Insurance	Company	and	Principal	Life	Insurance	
Company,	as	purchasers,	(filed	as	Exhibit	99.1	to	Registrant’s	Form	8-K	filed	on	November	7,	2005	and	
incorporated	herein	by	reference).		

52

	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
 10(a)	

10(b)	

10(c)	

10(d)	

10(e)	

10(f)	

10(g)	

10(h)	

10(i)	

10(j)	

10(k)	

10(l)	

10(m)	

10(n)	

10(o)	

10(p)	

10(q)	

10(r)	

10(s)	

11	

21	

23	

31.1	

31.2	

	Indemnification	Agreement	Form	for	use	between	the	Registrant	and	its	Directors	(filed	as	Exhibit	10(a)	to	
Registrant’s	Annual	Report	on	Form	10-K	for	the	year	ended	December	30,	2006	and	incorporated	herein	by	
reference).*

	Employment	Agreement	of	Earl	H.	Devanny,	III	dated	August	13,	1999	(filed	as	Exhibit	10(q)	to	Registrant’s	
Annual	Report	on	Form	10-K	for	the	year	ended	January	1,	2000	and	incorporated	herein	by	reference).*

Amended	&	Restated	Executive	Employment	Agreement	of	Neal	L.	Patterson	dated	January	1,	2008.*

	Amended	Stock	Option	Plan	D	of	Registrant	dated	December	8,	2000	(filed	as	Exhibit	10(f)	to	Registrant’s	
Annual	Report	on	Form	10-K	for	the	year	ended	December	30,	2000	and	incorporated	herein	by	reference).*	

	Amended	Stock	Option	Plan	E	of	Registrant	dated	December	8,	2000	(filed	as	Exhibit	10(g)	to	Registrant’s	
Annual	Report	on	Form	10-K	for	the	year	ended	December	30,	2000	and	incorporated	herein	by	reference).*	

	Cerner	Corporation	2001	Long-Term	Incentive	Plan	F	(filed	as	Annex	I	to	Registrant’s	2001	Proxy	Statement	and	
incorporated	herein	by	reference).*

Cerner	Corporation	2004	Long-Term	Incentive	Plan	G	Amended	&	Restated	dated	October	1,	2007.*

	Cerner	Corporation	2001	Associate	Stock	Purchase	Plan	(filed	as	Annex	II	to	Registrant’s	2001	Proxy	Statement	
and	incorporated	herein	by	reference).*

	Qualified	Performance-Based	Compensation	Plan	dated	December	3,	2007.*

	Form	of	2007	Executive	Performance	Agreement	(filed	as	Exhibit	99.1	to	Registrant’s	Form	8-K	on	April	5,	2007	
and	incorporated	herein	by	reference).*

Cerner	Corporation	Executive	Deferred	Compensation	Plan	as	Amended	&	Restated	dated	January	1,	2008.*

Cerner	Corporation	2005	Enhanced	Severance	Pay	Plan	as	Amended	and	Restated	dated	January	1,	2008.*

	Cerner	Corporation	2001	Long-Term	Incentive	Plan	F	Nonqualified	Stock	Option	Agreement	(filed	as	Exhibit	10(v)	
to	Registrant’s	Annual	Report	on	Form	10-K	for	the	year	ended	January	1,	2005	and	incorporated	herein	by	
reference).*

	Cerner	Corporation	2001	Long-Term	Incentive	Plan	F	Nonqualified	Stock	Option	Grant	Certificate	(filed	as	Exhibit	
10(a)	to	Registrant’s	Quarterly	Report	on	Form	10-Q	for	the	quarter	ended	October	1,	2005	and	incorporated	
herein	by	reference).*

	Cerner	Corporation	2001	Long-Term	Incentive	Plan	F	Nonqualified	Stock	Option	Director	Agreement	(filed	as	
Exhibit	10(x)	to	Registrant’s	Annual	Report	on	Form	10-K	for	the	year	ended	January	1,	2005	and	incorporated	
herein	by	reference).*

	Cerner	Corporation	2001	Long-Term	Incentive	Plan	F	Director	Restricted	Stock	Agreement	(filed	as	Exhibit	10(w)	
to	Registrant’s	Annual	Report	on	Form	10-K	for	the	year	ended	January	1,	2005	and	incorporated	herein	by	
reference).*

Cerner	Corporation	2004	Long-Term	Incentive	Plan	G	Nonqualified	Stock	Option	Grant	Certificate.*

	Time	Sharing	Agreements	between	the	Registrant	and	Neal	L.	Patterson	and	Clifford	W.	Illig,	both	dated	February	
7,	2007	(filed	as	Exhibits	10.2	and	10.3,	respectively,	to	Registrant’s	Form	8-K	filed	on	February	9,	2007	and	
incorporated	herein	by	reference).

	Aircraft	Services	Agreement	between	the	Registrant’s	wholly	owned	subsidiary,	Rockcreek	Aviation,	Inc.,	and	
PANDI,	Inc.,	dated	February	6,	2007	(filed	as	Exhibit	10.1	to	Registrant’s	Form	8-K	filed	on	February	9,	2007	and	
incorporated	herein	by	reference).*	

*Management	contracts	or	compensatory	plans	or	arrangements	required	to	be	identified	by	Item15(a)(3)

	Computation	of	Registrant’s	Earnings	Per	Share.	(Exhibit	omitted.	Information	contained	in	notes	to	consolidated	
financial	statements.)

Subsidiaries	of	Registrant.

Consent	of	Independent	Registered	Public	Accounting	Firm.

Certification	of	Neal	L.	Patterson	pursuant	to	Section	302	of	the	Sarbanes-Oxley	Act	of	2002.

Certification	of	Marc	G.	Naughton	pursuant	to	Section	302	of	the	Sarbanes-Oxley	Act	of	2002.

53

	
	
 32.1		

32.2		

(b)	

(c)	

	Certification	pursuant	to	18	U.S.C.	Section.	1350,	as	adopted	pursuant	to	Section	906	of	the	Sarbanes-Oxley	
Act	of	2002.

	Certification	pursuant	to	18	U.S.C.	Section.	1350,	as	adopted	pursuant	to	Section	906	of	the	Sarbanes-Oxley	
Act	of	2002.

Exhibits.

The	response	to	this	portion	of	Item	15	is	submitted	as	a	separate	section	of	this	report.

Financial	Statement	Schedules.

The	response	to	this	portion	of	Item	15	is	submitted	as	a	separate	section	of	this	report.

54

	
	
	
	
 Signatures
Pursuant	to	the	requirements	of	Section	13	or	15(d)	of	the	Securities	Exchange	Act	of	1934,	the	registrant	has	duly	caused	this	report	
to	be	signed	on	its	behalf	by	the	undersigned,	thereunto	duly	authorized.

Dated:	February	27,	2008	

CERNER CORPORATION

By:/s/Neal	L.	Patterson	

Neal	L.	Patterson	
 Chairman of the Board and 
Chief	Executive	Officer	

Pursuant	to	the	requirements	of	the	Securities	Exchange	Act	of	1934,	this	report	has	been	signed	below	by	the	following	persons	on	
behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Date

February	27,	2008

February	27,	2008

February	27,	2008

February	27,	2008

February	27,	2008	

February	27,	2008

February	27,	2008

February	27,	2008	

February	27,	2008

Signature and Title 

/s/Neal	L.	Patterson	

Neal	L.	Patterson,	Chairman	of	the	Board	and

Chief	Executive	Officer	(Principal	Executive	Officer)	

/s/Clifford	W.	Illig	

Clifford	W.	Illig,	Vice	Chairman	and	Director

/s/Marc	G.	Naughton	

Marc	G.	Naughton,	Senior	Vice	President	and

Chief	Financial	Officer	(Principal	Financial	and	Accounting	Officer)

/s/Gerald	E.	Bisbee,	Jr.	

Gerald	E.	Bisbee,	Jr.,	Ph.D.,	Director

/s/John	C.	Danforth	

John	C.	Danforth,	Director	

/s/Nancy-Ann	DeParle	

Nancy-Ann	DeParle,	Director

/s/Michael	E.	Herman	

Michael	E.	Herman,	Director

/s/William	B.	Neaves	

William	B.	Neaves,	Ph.D.,	Director

/s/William	D.	Zollars	

William	D.	Zollars,	Director	

55

 
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Cerner Corporation:

We	have	audited	Cerner	Corporation’s	(the	Corporation)	internal	control	over	financial	reporting	as	of	December	29,	2007,	based	on	
criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework	issued	by	the	Committee	of	Sponsoring	Organizations	of	the	Treadway	
Commission	(COSO).	The	Corporation’s	management	is	responsible	for	maintaining	effective	internal	control	over	financial	reporting	
and	for	its	assessment	of	the	effectiveness	of	internal	control	over	financial	reporting,	included	in	the	accompanying	“Management’s	
Report	over	Internal	Control	of	Financial	Reporting,”	appearing	in	Item	9.A.	Controls	and	Procedures.	Our	responsibility	is	to	express	
an	opinion	on	the	effectiveness	of	the	Corporation’s	internal	control	over	financial	reporting	based	on	our	audit.

We	conducted	our	audit	in	accordance	with	the	standards	of	the	Public	Company	Accounting	Oversight	Board	(United	States).	Those	
standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  effective  internal  control 
over	financial	reporting	was	maintained	in	all	material	respects.	Our	audit	included	obtaining	an	understanding	of	internal	control	
over	 financial	 reporting,	 assessing	 the	 risk	 that	 a	 material	 weakness	 exists	 and	 testing	 and	 evaluating	 the	 design	 and	 operating	
effectiveness	of	internal	control	based	on	assessed	risk.	Our	audit	also	included	performing	such	other	procedures	as	we	considered	
necessary	in	the	circumstances.	We	believe	that	our	audit	provides	a	reasonable	basis	for	our	opinion.

A	company’s	internal	control	over	financial	reporting	is	a	process	designed	to	provide	reasonable	assurance	regarding	the	reliability	
of	 financial	 reporting	 and	 the	 preparation	 of	 financial	 statements	 for	 external	 purposes	 in	 accordance	 with	 generally	 accepted	
accounting	principles.	A	company’s	internal	control	over	financial	reporting	includes	those	policies	and	procedures	that	(1)	pertain	
to	the	maintenance	of	records	that,	in	reasonable	detail,	accurately	and	fairly	reflect	the	transactions	and	dispositions	of	the	assets	
of	the	company;	(2)	provide	reasonable	assurance	that	transactions	are	recorded	as	necessary	to	permit	preparation	of	financial	
statements	in	accordance	with	generally	accepted	accounting	principles,	and	that	receipts	and	expenditures	of	the	company	are	being	
made	only	in	accordance	with	authorizations	of	management	and	directors	of	the	company;	and	(3)	provide	reasonable	assurance	
regarding	prevention	or	timely	detection	of	unauthorized	acquisition,	use,	or	disposition	of	the	company’s	assets	that	could	have	a	
material	effect	on	the	financial	statements.	

Because	of	its	inherent	limitations,	internal	control	over	financial	reporting	may	not	prevent	or	detect	misstatements.	Also,	projections	
of	any	evaluation	of	effectiveness	to	future	periods	are	subject	to	the	risk	that	controls	may	become	inadequate	because	of	changes	
in	conditions,	or	that	the	degree	of	compliance	with	the	policies	or	procedures	may	deteriorate.

In	 our	 opinion,	 Cerner	 Corporation	 maintained,	 in	 all	 material	 respects,	 effective	 internal	 control	 over	 financial	 reporting	 as	 of	
December	29,	2007,	based	on	criteria	established	in	Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations	of	the	Treadway	Commission	(COSO).

We	 also	 have	 audited,	 in	 accordance	 with	 the	 standards	 of	 the	 Public	 Company	 Accounting	 Oversight	 Board	 (United	 States),	 the	
consolidated	balance	sheets	of	Cerner	Corporation	and	subsidiaries	as	of	December	29,	2007	and	December	30,	2006,	and	the	
related	consolidated	statements	of	operations,	changes	in	equity,	and	cash	flows	for	each	of	the	years	in	the	three-year	period	ended	
December	 29,	 2007,	 and	 our	 report	 dated	 February	 27,	 2008	 expressed	 an	 unqualified	 opinion	 on	 those	 consolidated	 financial	
statements.	

(signed)	KPMG	LLP

Kansas	City,	Missouri

February	27,	2008

56

 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Cerner Corporation:

We	 have	 audited	 the	 accompanying	 consolidated	 balance	 sheets	 of	 Cerner	 Corporation	 and	 subsidiaries	 (the	 Corporation)	 as	 of	
December	29,	2007	and	December	30,	2006,	and	the	related	consolidated	statements	of	operations,	changes	in	equity,	and	cash	
flows	for	each	of	the	years	in	the	three-year	period	ended	December	29,	2007.	These	consolidated	financial	statements	 are	the	
responsibility	of	the	Corporation’s	management.	Our	responsibility	is	to	express	an	opinion	on	these	consolidated	financial	statements	
based	on	our	audits.

We	conducted	our	audits	in	accordance	with	the	standards	of	the	Public	Company	Accounting	Oversight	Board	(United	States).	Those	
standards	require	that	we	plan	and	perform	the	audit	to	obtain	reasonable	assurance	about	whether	the	financial	statements	are	
free	 of	 material	 misstatement.	 An	 audit	 includes	 examining,	 on	 a	 test	 basis,	 evidence	 supporting	 the	 amounts	 and	 disclosures	
in	 the	 financial	 statements.	 An	 audit	 also	 includes	 assessing	 the	 accounting	 principles	 used	 and	 significant	 estimates	 made	 by	
management,	as	well	as	evaluating	the	overall	financial	statement	presentation.	We	believe	that	our	audits	provide	a	reasonable	
basis	for	our	opinion.

In	our	opinion,	the	consolidated	financial	statements	referred	to	above	present	fairly,	in	all	material	respects,	the	financial	position	
of	Cerner	Corporation	and	subsidiaries	as	of	December	29,	2007	and	December	30,	2006,	and	the	results	of	their	operations	and	
their	cash	flows	for	each	of	the	years	in	the	three-year	period	ended	December	29,	2007,	in	conformity	with	U.S.	generally	accepted	
accounting	principles.

As	 discussed	 in	 Note	 1	 to	 the	 consolidated	 financial	 statements,	 the	 Corporation	 adopted	 Statement	 of	 Financial	 Accounting	
Standards	No.	123	(revised	2004),	“Share-Based	Payment”	effective	January	1,	2006.

We	also	have	audited,	in	accordance	with	the	standards	of	the	Public	Company	Accounting	Oversight	Board	(United	States),	Cerner	
Corporation’s	internal	control	over	financial	reporting	as	of	December	29,	2007,	based	on	criteria	established	in	Internal Control—
Integrated Framework	issued	by	the	Committee	of	Sponsoring	Organizations	of	the	Treadway	Commission	(COSO),	and	our	report	
dated	February	27,	2008	expressed	an	unqualified	opinion	on	the	effectiveness	of	the	Corporation’s	internal	control	over	financial	
reporting.

(signed)	KPMG	LLP

Kansas	City,	Missouri

February	27,	2008

Management’s Report
The	management	of	Cerner	Corporation	is	responsible	for	the	consolidated	financial	statements	and	all	other	information	presented	in	
this	report.	The	financial	statements	have	been	prepared	in	conformity	with	U.S.	generally	accepted	accounting	principles	appropriate	
to	the	circumstances,	and,	therefore,	included	in	the	financial	statements	are	certain	amounts	based	on	management’s	informed	
estimates	and	judgments.	Other	financial	information	in	this	report	is	consistent	with	that	in	the	consolidated	financial	statements.	
The	consolidated	financial	statements	have	been	audited	by	Cerner	Corporation’s	independent	registered	public	accountants	and	
have	been	reviewed	by	the	Audit	Committee	of	the	Board	of	Directors.

57

 Consolidated Balance Sheets
December	29,	2007	and	December	30,2006

(In thousands, except share data)

Assets

Current Assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

Short-term	investments

Receivables,	net

Inventory

Prepaid expenses and other

Deferred income taxes

Total current assets

Property	and	equipment,	net

Software	development	costs,	net

Goodwill

Intangible	assets,	net

Other assets

Total assets

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

Current Liabilities:

Accounts payable

Current	installments	of	long-term	debt

Deferred revenue

Accrued payroll and tax withholdings 

Other accrued expenses

Total current liabilities

Long-term	debt

Deferred income taxes and other liabilities

Deferred revenue

2007

2006

	$												182,914	

	$											162,545	

	161,600	

	391,060	

	10,744	

	61,878	

	10,368	

	146,239	

	361,424	

	18,084	

	60,315	

	2,423	

	818,564	

	751,030	

	462,839	

	200,380	

	143,924	

	46,854	

	17,395	

	357,942	

	187,788	

	128,819	

	54,428	

	16,426	

	$								1,689,956	

	$								1,496,433	

	$													79,812	

	$												79,735	

	14,260	

	98,802	

	65,011	

	30,238	

	288,123	

	177,606	

	68,738	

	21,775	

	20,242	

	93,699	

	77,914	

	40,584	

	312,174	

	187,391	

	58,731	

	14,557	

Minority owners’ equity interest in subsidiary

	1,286	

	1,286	

Stockholders’ Equity:

Common	stock,	$.01	par	value,	50,000,000	shares	authorized,	

80,147,955	shares	issued	at	December	29,	2007	and	78,392,071	issued	

at	December	30,	2006

Additional	paid-in	capital

Retained earnings

Accumulated other comprehensive income:

								Foreign	currency	translation	adjustment

Total stockholders’ equity

Commitments

801

	451,876	

	671,440	

784

	376,595	

	544,315	

	8,311	

 600 

	1,132,428	

	922,294	

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

	$							1,689,956	

	$							1,496,433	

See	notes	to	consolidated	financial	statements.

58

   
 Consolidated Statements of Operating Earnings
For	the	years	ended	December	29,	2007,	December	30,	2006,	and	December	31,	2005

(In thousands, except per share data)

Revenues:

System sales

Support,	maintenance	and	services

Reimbursed travel

Total revenues

Costs and expenses:

Cost of system sales

Cost	of	support,	maintenance	and	services

Cost of reimbursed travel

Sales and client service

Software development (Includes amortization of software 

development costs of $53,475, $45,750, and $47,888, 

respectively.)

General	and	administrative

2007

2006

2005

$

									500,319	

$

505,743	

$

	$449,734	

	982,780	

	36,778	

	833,244	

	39,051	

	677,664	

	33,387	

	1,519,877	

	1,378,038	

	1,160,785	

	181,744	

	61,588	

	36,778	

	657,956	

	270,576	

	107,152	

	194,646	

	57,273	

	39,051	

	578,050	

	246,970	

	95,881	

	171,073	

	50,226	

	33,387	

	466,206	

	211,455	

	81,620	

Write-off	of	in	process	research	and	development

	-	

	-	

	6,382	

Total costs and expenses

	1,315,794	

	1,211,871	

	1,020,349	

Operating earnings

	204,083	

	166,167	

	140,436	

Other income (expense):

Interest	income	(expense),	net

Other	income	(expense),	net

Total	other	income	(expense),	net

Earnings before income taxes 

Income taxes

Net earnings

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

See	notes	to	consolidated	financial	statements.

	1,269	

	(1,385)

 (116)

	203,967	

	(76,842)

	127,125	

1.60	

	1.53	

$

$

$

 (697)

	2,074	

	1,377	

	167,544	

	(57,653)

	109,891	

	1.41	

	1.34	

$

$

$

	(5,858)

 666 

	(5,192)

	135,244	

	(48,993)

	$86,251	

	$1.16	

	$1.10	

$

$

$

59

 Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity
For	the	years	ended	December	29,	2007,	December	30,	2006,	and	December	31,	2005

(In thousands)

Common Stock

Shares

Amount

Additional       
Paid-in Capital

Retained 
Earnings

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Income

Comprehensive 
Income

Balance at January 1, 2005 (see note 9)

 73,274  $     733 

 $     243,971 

 $  348,173 

 $         8,770 

Exercise of options

	3,737	

 37 

	$50,926	

Employee stock option compensation expenses

Tax	benefit	from	disqualifying	disposition	of	stock	options

Associate stock purchase plan discounts

Foreign	currency	translation	adjustment

Net earnings

Comprehensive Income

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

 780 

	30,289	

 (832)

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	86,251	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	(4,403)

	-	

Balance at December 31, 2005

 77,011 

 $     770 

 $     325,134 

 $  434,424 

 $         4,367 

	(4,403)

	86,251	

	81,848	

Exercise of options

	1,381	

 14 

	$21,333	

Employee stock option compensation expenses

Third party warrants

Tax	benefit	from	disqualifying	disposition	of	stock	options

Foreign	currency	translation	adjustment

Net earnings

Comprehensive Income

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	19,746	

	1,010	

	9,372	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	(3,767)

	(3,767)

	109,891	

	-	

	109,891	

	106,124	

Balance at December 30, 2006

 78,392 

 $    784 

 $     376,595 

 $  544,315 

 $         600 

Exercise of options

	1,756	

 17 

Employee stock option compensation expenses

Tax	benefit	from	disqualifying	disposition	of	stock	options

Foreign	currency	translation	adjustment

Net earnings

Comprehensive Income

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	29,068	

	16,348	

	29,865	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	7,711	

	7,711	

	127,125	

	-	

	127,125	

	134,836	

Balance at December 29, 2007

 80,148 

 $     801 

 $     451,876 

 $  671,440 

 $         8,311 

See	notes	to	consolidated	financial	statements.

60

 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For	the	years	ended	December	29,	2007,	December	30,	2006,	and	December	21,	2005

(in thousands)
CASH	FLOWS	FROM	OPERATING	ACTIVITIES:
Net earnings
Adjustments	to	reconcile	net	earnings	to	net	cash	provided	by	
     operating activities:

Depreciation	and	amortization
Share-based	compensation	expense
Write-off	of	acquired	in	process	research	and	development
Provision for deferred income taxes
Tax	benefit	from	disqualifying	dispositions	of	stock	options
Excess	tax	benefits	from	share	based	compensation

Changes in assets and liabilities (net of businesses acquired):

Receivables,	net
Inventory

Prepaid expenses and other
Accounts payable
Accrued income taxes
Deferred revenue
Other accrued liabilities

Total	adjustments
Net cash provided by operating activities

CASH	FLOWS	FROM	INVESTING	ACTIVITIES:
Purchase of capital equipment
Purchase	of	land,	buildings	and	improvements																													
Purchase of other intangibles
Acquisition	of	businesses,	net	of	cash	acquired
Purchases	of	short-term	investments
Maturities	of	short-term	investments
Repayment of notes receivable
Capitalized	software	development	costs

Net cash used in investing activities

CASH	FLOWS	FROM	FINANCING	ACTIVITIES:

Financing of receivables
Proceeds	from	issuance	of	long-term	debt
Proceeds	from	revolving	line	of	credit	and	long-term	debt
Repayment	of	revolving	line	of	credit	and	long-term	debt
Proceeds from third party warrants
Proceeds	from	excess	tax	benefits	from	share	based	compensation
Proceeds from exercise of options
Associate stock purchase plan discount
Net	cash	provided	by	(used	in)	financing	activities

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

2007

2006

2005

	$127,125	

	$109,891	

	$86,251	

	152,817	
	16,189	
	-	
	(4,496)
	29,865	
	(30,357)

	(22,802)
	5,435	

	5,752	
	1,768	
	(4,744)
	10,993	
	(12,980)
	147,440	
	274,565	

	(105,678)
	(75,045)
	(3,542)
	(24,061)
	(495,508)
	482,231	

	(66,063)
	(287,666)

	-	
	-	
	40,000	
	(62,359)
	-	
	30,357	
	29,085	
	-	
	37,083	

	(3,613)
	20,369	
	162,545	

	125,254	
	19,021	
	-	
	2,503	
	7,923	
	(7,068)

	(38,918)
	(8,405)

	(22,008)
	14,465	
	8,900	
	12,002	
	9,158	
	122,827	
	232,718	

	(70,299)
	(61,179)
 (254)
	(13,731)
	(306,653)
	335,775	
	-	
	(61,223)
	(177,544)

 137 
	-	
	-	
	(30,783)
	1,010	
	7,068	
	21,704	
	-	
 (865)

	(4,821)
	49,488	
	113,057	

	114,055	
	-	
	6,382	
	(6,874)
	30,289	
	-	

	(22,502)
	(2,078)

	(18,781)
	14,382	
	13,594	
 949 
	13,198	
	142,614	
	228,865	

	(64,785)
	(35,798)
	-	
	(119,683)
	(658,708)
	497,478	
 51 
	(62,523)
	(443,968)

	-	
	111,827	
	70,000	
	(91,848)
	-	
	-	
	51,744	
 (832)
	140,891	

	(2,515)
	(76,727)
	189,784	

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

	$182,914	

	$162,545	

	$113,057	

Supplemental	disclosures	of	cash	flow	information

Cash paid during the year for:

Interest
Income	taxes,	net	of	refund

Non-cash	investing	and	financing	activities

Acquisition of equipment through capital leases

Non-cash	changes	resulting	from	acquisitions:

Increase in accounts receivable
Increase	in	property	and	equipment,	net
Increase in goodwill and intangibles
Increase in deferred revenue
Increase in long term debt
Decrease in other working capital components
Total

See	notes	to	consolidated	financial	statements.

61

	$12,024	
	54,301	

	$12,568	
	27,847	

	$8,157	
	13,591	

	-	

 930 
 391 
	23,368	
 (476)
	-	
 (152)
	$24,061	

	-	

 89 

 618 
 205 
	13,599	
 (150)
 (27)
 (514)
	$13,731	

	11,621	
	2,355	
	124,921	
	(10,979)
	(3,111)
	(5,124)
	$119,683	

 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
(a) Principles of Consolidation

The	consolidated	financial	statements	include	the	accounts	of	Cerner	Corporation	and	its	wholly-owned	subsidiaries	(the	“Company”).	
All	significant	intercompany	transactions	and	balances	have	been	eliminated	in	consolidation.

(b) Nature of Operations

The	 Company	 designs,	 develops,	 markets,	 installs,	 hosts	 and	 supports	 software	 information	 technology,	 healthcare	 devices	 and	
content	solutions	for	healthcare	organizations	and	consumers.	The	Company	also	provides	a	wide	range	of	value-added	services,	
including	implementing	solutions	as	individual,	combined	or	enterprise-wide	systems;	hosting	solutions	in	its	data	center;	and	clinical	
process	optimization	services.	Furthermore,	the	Company	provides	fully–automated	on-site	employer	health	clinics	and	third	party	
administrator	health	plan	services	for	employers.	

(c) Revenue Recognition 

Revenues	 are	 derived	 primarily	 from	 the	 sale	 of	 clinical,	 financial	 and	 administrative	 information	 systems	 and	 solutions.	 The	
components	of	the	system	sales	revenues	are	the	licensing	of	computer	software,	deployment	period	upgrades,	installation,	content	
subscriptions,	transaction	processing	and	the	sale	of	computer	hardware	and	sublicensed	software.	The	components	of	support,	
maintenance	and	service	revenues	are	software	support	and	hardware	maintenance,	remote	hosting	and	managed	services,	training,	
consulting	and	implementation	services.	For	arrangements	that	include	both	product	and	services	which	are	accounted	for	under	
SOP	81-1	and	also	include	support services (PCS)	for	which	vendor-specific	objective	evidence	of	fair	value	(VSOE)	of	PCS	does	not	
exist	such	that	a	zero	margin	approach	is	used	to	recognize	revenue,	the	Company	classifies	revenue	under	such	arrangements	as	
either	systems	sales	or	support,	maintenance	and	services	based	on	the	nature	of	costs	incurred.	For	similar	arrangements	for	which	
VSOE	of	PCS	exists,	PCS	is	separated	from	the	arrangement	based	on	VSOE	and	the	residual	amount	is	allocated	to	the	software	
and	services	accounted	for	on	a	combined	basis	under	SOP	81-1.	For	these	arrangements,	the	service	component	of	the	SOP	81-1	
deliverable	 is	 classified	 as	 support,	 maintenance	 and	 services	 based	 on	 the	 VSOE	 of	 the	 services	 provided	 and	 the	 residual	 is	
classified	as	systems	sales	revenue.	For	the	years	ended	December	29,	2007	and	December	30,	2006,	approximately	$20,000,000	
and	 $16,000,000,	 respectively,	 of	 revenue	 were	 included	 in	 system	 sales	 and	 approximately	 $95,000,000	 and	 $55,000,000,	
respectively,	of	revenue	were	included	in	support,	maintenance,	and	services	for	both	such	arrangements.	The	Company	provides	
several	 models	 for	 the	 procurement	 of	 its	 clinical,	 financial	 and	 administrative	 information	 systems.	 The	 predominant	 method	 is	
a	 perpetual	 software	 license	 agreement,	 project-related	 installation	 services,	 implementation	 and	 consulting	 services,	 software	
support	and	either	remote	hosting	services	or	computer	hardware	and	sublicensed	software.

The	 Company	 recognizes	 revenue	 in	 accordance	 with	 the	 provisions	 of	 Statement	 of	 Position	 (SOP)	 97-2,	 “Software	 Revenue	
Recognition,”	as	amended	by	SOP	98-4,	SOP	98-9	and	clarified	by	Staff	Accounting	Bulletin’s	(SAB)	No.	104	“Revenue	Recognition”	
and	Emerging	Issues	Task	Force	Issue	No.	00-21	“Accounting	for	Revenue	Arrangements	with	Multiple	Deliverables”	(“EITF	00-21”).	
SOP	97-2,	as	amended,	generally	requires	revenue	earned	on	software	arrangements	involving	multiple-elements	to	be	allocated	to	
each	element	based	on	the	relative	fair	values	of	those	elements	if	fair	values	exist	for	all	elements	of	the	arrangement.	Pursuant	
to	SOP	98-9,	the	Company	recognizes	revenue	from	multiple-element	software	arrangements	using	the	residual	method.	Under	the	
residual	method,	revenue	is	recognized	in	a	multiple-element	arrangement	when	Company-specific	objective	evidence	of	fair	value	
exists	for	all	of	the	undelivered	elements	in	the	arrangement	(i.e.	professional	services,	software	support,	hardware	maintenance,	
remote	 hosting	 services,	 hardware	 and	 sublicensed	 software),	 but	 does	 not	 exist	 for	 one	 or	 more	 of	 the	 delivered	 elements	 in	
the	 arrangement	 (i.e.	 software	 solutions	 including	 project-related	 installation	 services).	 The	 Company	 allocates	 revenue	 to	 each	
undelivered	element	in	a	multiple-element	arrangement	based	on	the	element’s	respective	fair	value,	with	the	fair	value	determined	
by	the	price	charged	when	that	element	is	sold	separately.	Specifically,	the	Company	determines	the	fair	value	of	the	software	support	
and	maintenance,	hardware	and	sublicensed	software	support,	remote	hosting	and	subscriptions	portions	of	the	arrangement	based	
on	 the	 substantive	 renewal	 price	 for	 these	 services	 charged	 to	 clients;	 professional	 services	 (including	 training	 and	 consulting)	
portion	of	the	arrangement,	other	than	installation	services,	based	on	hourly	rates	which	the	Company	charges	for	these	services	
when	sold	apart	from	a	software	license;	and,	the	hardware	and	sublicensed	software,	based	on	the	prices	for	these	elements	when	
they	are	sold	separately	from	the	software.	The	residual	amount	of	the	fee	after	allocating	revenue	to	the	fair	value	of	the	undelivered	
elements	is	attributed	to	the	software	solution,	including	project-related	installation	services.	If	evidence	of	the	fair	value	cannot	be	
established	for	the	undelivered	elements	of	a	license	agreement,	the	entire	amount	of	revenue	under	the	arrangement	is	deferred	
until	these	elements	have	been	delivered	or	objective	evidence	can	be	established.	

The	Company	provides	project-related	installation	services,	which	include	project-scoping	services,	conducting	pre-installation	audits	
and	creating	initial	environments.	Because	installation	services	are	deemed	to	be	essential	to	the	functionality	of	the	software,	the	
Company	recognizes	the	software	license	and	installation	services	fees	over	the	software	installation	period	using	the	percentage	of	

62

 completion	method	pursuant	to	Statement	of	Position	81-1	(SOP	81-1),	Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain 
Production-Type  Contracts,  as	 prescribed	 by	 SOP	 97-2.	 The	 Company	 measures	 the	 percentage	 of	 completion	 based	 on	 output	
measures	which	reflect	direct	labor	hours	incurred,	beginning	at	software	delivery	and	culminating	at	completion	of	installation.	The	
installation	services	process	length	is	dependent	upon	client	specific	factors	and	generally	occurs	in	the	same	period	the	contracts	
are	executed	but	can	extend	up	to	one	year.

The	Company	also	provides	implementation	and	consulting	services,	which	include	consulting	activities	that	fall	outside	of	the	scope	
of	the	standard	installation	services.	These	services	vary	depending	on	the	scope	and	complexity	requested	by	the	client.	Examples	
of	such	services	may	include	additional	database	consulting,	system	configuration,	project	management,	testing	assistance,	network	
consulting,	post	conversion	review	and	application	management	services.	Implementation	and	consulting	services	generally	are	not	
deemed	to	be	essential	to	the	functionality	of	the	software,	and	thus	do	not	impact	the	timing	of	the	software	license	recognition,	
unless	software	license	fees	are	tied	to	implementation	milestones.	In	those	instances,	the	portion	of	the	software	license	fee	tied	
to	 implementation	 milestones	 is	 deferred	 until	 the	 related	 milestone	 is	 accomplished	 and	 related	 fees	 become	 billable	 and	 non-
forfeitable.	Implementation	fees	are	recognized	over	the	service	period,	which	may	extend	from	nine	months	to	three	years	for	multi-
phased	projects.

Remote	hosting	and	managed	services	are	marketed	under	long-term	arrangements	generally	over	periods	of	five	to	10	years.	These	
services are typically provided to clients that have acquired a perpetual license for licensed software and have contracted with the 
Company	to	host	the	software	in	its	data	center.	Under	these	arrangements,	the	client	has	the	contractual	right	to	take	possession	of	
the	licensed	software	at	any	time	during	the	hosting	period	without	significant	penalty	and	it	is	feasible	for	the	client	to	either	run	the	
software	on	its	own	equipment	or	contract	with	another	party	unrelated	to	the	Company	to	host	the	software.	These	services	are	not	
deemed	to	be	essential	to	the	functionality	of	the	licensed	software	or	other	elements	of	the	arrangement	and	as	such,	the	Company	
accounts	for	these	arrangements	under	SOP	97-2,	as	prescribed	by	EITF	Issue	No.	00-3,	Application	of	AICPA	Statement	of	Position	
97-2	to	Arrangements	That	Include	the	Right	to	Use	Software	Stored	on	Another	Entity’s	Hardware.	The	hosting	and	managed	services	
are	recognized	as	the	services	are	performed.	

The	Company	also	offers	its	solutions	on	an	application	service	provider	(“ASP”)	model,	making	available	time	based	licenses	for	
the Company’s software functionality and providing the software solutions on a remote processing basis from the Company’s data 
centers.	 The	 data	 centers	 provide	 system	 and	 administrative	 support	 as	 well	 as	 processing	 services.	 Revenue	 on	 software	 and	
services	provided	on	an	ASP	or	term	license	basis	is	combined	and	recognized	on	a	monthly	basis	over	the	term	of	the	contract.	The	
Company	capitalizes	related	direct	costs	consisting	of	third	party	costs	and	direct	software	installation	and	implementation	costs	
associated	with	the	initial	set	up	of	the	client	on	the	ASP	service.	These	costs	are	amortized	over	the	term	of	the	arrangement.

Software	 support	 fees	 are	 marketed	 under	 annual	 and	 multi-year	 arrangements	 and	 are	 recognized	 as	 revenue	 ratably	 over	 the	
contracted	 support	 term.	 Hardware	 and	 sublicensed	 software	 maintenance	 revenues	 are	 recognized	 ratably	 over	 the	 contracted	
maintenance	term.

Subscription	and	content	fees	are	generally	marketed	under	annual	and	multi-year	agreements	and	are	recognized	ratably	over	the	
contracted	terms.

Hardware	and	sublicensed	software	sales	are	generally	recognized	when	delivered	to	the	client,	assuming	title	and	risk	of	loss	have	
transferred	to	the	client.

Where	the	Company	has	contractually	agreed	to	develop	new	or	customized	software	code	for	a	client	as	a	single	element	arrangement,	
the	Company	utilizes	percentage	of	completion	accounting	in	accordance	with	SOP	81-1.	

In	England,	the	Company	has	contracted	with	third	parties	to	customize	software	and	provide	implementation	and	support	services	
under	long	term	arrangements	(nine	years).	Because	the	arrangements	require	customization	and	development	of	software,	and	fair	
value	for	the	support	services	does	not	exist	in	the	arrangements,	the	entire	arrangements	are	being	accounted	for	as	single	units	of	
accounting	under	SOP	81-1.	Also,	because	the	Company	believes	it	is	reasonably	assured	that	no	loss	will	be	incurred	under	these	
arrangements,	it	is	using	the	zero	margin	approach	of	applying	percentage-of-completion	accounting	until	the	software	customization	
and	development	services	are	completed	or	the	Company	is	able	to	determine	fair	value	for	the	support	services.	The	remaining	
unrecognized	portion	of	the	fee	will	be	recognized	ratably	over	the	remaining	term	of	the	arrangement.	For	the	years	ended	December	
29,	2007	and	December	30,	2006,	approximately	$96,000,000	and	$71,000,000,	respectively	of	revenue	and	expense	had	been	
recognized	in	the	accompanying	Consolidated	Statement	of	Operations.

Deferred	revenue	is	comprised	of	deferrals	for	license	fees,	support,	maintenance	and	other	services	for	which	payment	has	been	
received	and	for	which	the	service	has	not	yet	been	performed	and	revenue	has	not	been	recognized.	Long-term	deferred	revenue	
at	December	29,	2007,	represents	amounts	received	from	software	support	and	maintenance	services	to	be	earned	or	provided	
beginning	in	periods	on	or	after	December	30,	2007.	

63

 The	Company	incurs	out-of-pocket	expenses	in	connection	with	its	client	service	activities,	primarily	travel,	which	are	reimbursed	by	
its	clients.	The	amounts	of	”out-of-pocket”	expenses	and	equal	amounts	of	related	reimbursements	were	$36,778,000,	$39,051,000	
and	$33,387,000	for	the	years	ended	December	29,	2007,	December	30,	2006	and	December	31,	2005,	respectively.	

The	Company’s	arrangements	with	clients	typically	include	a	deposit	due	upon	contract	signing	and	date-based	licensed	software	
payment	terms	and	payments	based	upon	delivery	for	services,	hardware	and	sublicensed	software.	The	Company	has	periodically	
provided	 long-term	 financing	 options	 to	 creditworthy	 clients	 through	 third	 party	 financing	 institutions	 and	 has	 directly	 provided	
extended	payment	terms	to	clients	from	contract	date.	These	extended	payment	term	arrangements	typically	provide	for	date	based	
payments	over	periods	ranging	from	12	months	up	to	seven	years.	Pursuant	to	SOP	97-2,	because	a	significant	portion	of	the	fee	
is	 due	 beyond	 one	 year,	 the	 Company	 has	 analyzed	 its	 history	 with	 these	 types	 of	 arrangements	 and	 has	 concluded	 that	 it	 has	
a  standard  business  practice  of  using  extended  payment  term  arrangements  and  a  long  history  of  successfully  collecting  under 
the	original	payment	terms	for	arrangements	with	similar	clients,	product	offerings,	and	economics	without	granting	concessions.	
Accordingly,	the	Company	considers	the	fee	to	be	fixed	and	determinable	in	these	extended	payment	term	arrangements	and,	thus,	
the	timing	of	revenue	is	not	impacted	by	the	existence	of	extended	payments.	Some	of	these	payment	streams	have	been	assigned	
on	a	non-recourse	basis	to	third	party	financing	institutions.	The	Company	accounts	for	the	assignment	of	these	receivables	as	“true	
sales”	as	defined	in	FASB	Statement	No.	140,	Accounting	for	Transfers	and	Servicing	of	Financial	Assets	and	Extinguishments	of	
Liabilities.	Provided	all	revenue	recognition	criteria	have	been	met,	the	Company	recognizes	revenue	for	these	arrangements	under	
its	normal	revenue	recognition	criteria,	net	of	any	payment	discounts	from	financing	transactions.	

The	 terms	 of	 the	 Company’s	 software	 license	 agreements	 with	 its	 clients	 generally	 provide	 for	 a	 limited	 indemnification	 of	 such	
intellectual	property	against	losses,	expenses	and	liabilities	arising	from	third	party	claims	based	on	alleged	infringement	by	the	
Company’s	solutions	of	an	intellectual	property	right	of	such	third	party.	The	terms	of	such	indemnification	often	limit	the	scope	of	
and	remedies	for	such	indemnification	obligations	and	generally	include	a	right	to	replace	or	modify	an	infringing	solution.	To	date,	
the	Company	has	not	had	to	reimburse	any	of	its	clients	for	any	losses	related	to	these	indemnification	provisions	pertaining	to	third	
party	intellectual	property	infringement	claims.	For	several	reasons,	including	the	lack	of	prior	indemnification	claims	and	the	lack	of	a	
monetary	liability	limit	for	certain	infringement	cases	under	the	terms	of	the	corresponding	agreements	with	its	clients,	the	Company	
cannot	determine	the	maximum	amount	of	potential	future	payments,	if	any,	related	to	such	indemnification	provisions.

(d) Fiscal Year

The	 Company’s	 fiscal	 year	 ends	 on	 the	 Saturday	 closest	 to	 December	 31.	 All	 references	 to	 years	 in	 these	 notes	 to	 consolidated	
financial	statements	represent	fiscal	years	unless	otherwise	noted.

(e) Software Development Costs

Costs incurred internally in creating computer software products are expensed until technological feasibility has been established 
upon	completion	of	a	detailed	program	design.	Thereafter,	all	software	development	costs	are	capitalized	and	subsequently	reported	
at	the	lower	of	amortized	cost	or	net	realizable	value.	Capitalized	costs	are	amortized	based	on	current	and	expected	future	revenue	
for	each	software	solution	with	minimum	annual	amortization	equal	to	the	straight-line	amortization	over	the	estimated	economic	life	
of	the	solution.	The	Company	is	amortizing	capitalized	costs	over	five	years.	During	2007,	2006	and	2005,	the	Company	capitalized	
$65,985,000,	$60,943,000	and	$62,039,000,	respectively,	of	total	software	development	costs	of	$283,086,000,	$262,163,000	
and	$225,606,000,	respectively.	Amortization	expense	of	capitalized	software	development	costs	in	2007,	2006	and	2005	was	
$53,475,000,	 $45,750,000	 and	 $47,888,000,	 respectively,	 and	 accumulated	 amortization	 was	 $356,485,000,	 $303,010,000	
and	$255,122,000,	respectively.	Included	in	2007	total	software	development	costs	is	$8.6	million	of	research	and	development	
activities for the RxStation medical	dispensing	devices.	$3.4	million	of	this	amount	recorded	in	2007	is	related	to	periods	prior	to	
2007	and	is	immaterial	to	both	2007	and	the	prior	periods	to	which	it	relates.

(f) Cash Equivalents

Cash	equivalents	consist	of	short-term	marketable	securities	with	original	maturities	less	than	90	days.

(g) Short-term Investments

The	Company’s	short-term	investments	are	primarily	invested	in	auction	rate	securities	which	are	debt	instruments	having	longer-
dated	(in	most	cases,	many	years)	legal	maturities,	but	with	interest	rates	that	are	generally	reset	every	28-49	days	under	an	auction	
system.	 Because	 auction	 rate	 securities	 are	 frequently	 re-priced,	 they	 trade	 in	 the	 market	 on	 par-in,	 par-out	 basis.	 Because	 the	
Company	regularly	liquidates	its	investments	in	these	securities	for	reasons	including,	among	others,	changes	in	market	interest	
rates	and	changes	in	the	availability	of	and	the	yield	on	alternative	investments,	the	Company	has	classified	these	securities	as	
available-for-sale	securities.	As	available-for-sale	securities,	these	investments	are	carried	at	fair	value,	which	approximates	cost.	

64

 Despite	the	liquid	nature	of	these	investments,	the	Company	categorizes	them	as	short-term	investments	instead	of	cash	and	cash	
equivalents	due	to	the	underlying	legal	maturities	of	such	securities.	However,	they	have	been	classified	as	current	assets	as	they	are	
generally	available	to	support	the	Company’s	current	operations.	There	have	been	no	realized	gains	or	losses	on	these	investments.

(h) Inventory

Inventory	consists	primarily	of	computer	hardware,	sub-licensed	software	held	for	resale	and	RxStation	medication	dispensing	units.	
Inventory	is	recorded	at	the	lower	of	cost	(first-in,	first-out)	or	market.

(i) Property and Equipment

Property,	equipment	and	leasehold	improvements	are	stated	at	cost.	Depreciation	of	property	and	equipment	is	computed	using	
the	straight-line	method	over	periods	of	two	to	50	years.	Amortization	of	leasehold	improvements	is	computed	using	a	straight-line	
method	over	the	shorter	of	the	lease	terms	or	the	useful	lives,	which	range	from	periods	of	two	to	15	years.

(j) Earnings per Common Share

Basic  earnings  per  share  (EPS)  excludes  dilution  and  is  computed  by  dividing  income  available  to  common  shareholders  by  the 
weighted-average	number	of	common	shares	outstanding	for	the	period.	Diluted	EPS	reflects	the	potential	dilution	that	could	occur	
if securities or other contracts to issue stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common 
stock	that	then	shared	in	the	earnings	of	the	Company.	A	reconciliation	of	the	numerators	and	the	denominators	of	the	basic	and	
diluted	per-share	computations	are	as	follows:

2007

2006

2005

Earnings

Per-Share
(Numerator) (Denominator) Amount

Shares

Earnings
(Numerator)

Shares
(Denominator)

Per-Share
Amount

Earnings
(Numerator)

Shares
(Denominator)

Per-Share
Amount

(In thousands, 
except per share data)

Basic earnings per share:

Income available to common 

stockholders

	$127,125	

	79,395	

	$1.60	

	$109,891	

	77,691	

	$1.41	

	$86,251	

	74,144	

	$1.16	

Effect of dilutive securities:

Stock options

	-	

	3,823	

	-	

	4,032	

	-	

	3,946	

Diluted earnings per share:

Income available to common 

stockholders including 

assumed conversions

	$127,125	

	83,218	

	$1.53	

	$109,891	

	81,723	

	$1.34	

	$86,251	

	78,090	

	$1.10	

Options	 to	 purchase	 1,081,000,	 1,121,000	 and	 166,000	 shares	 of	 common	 stock	 at	 per	 share	 prices	 ranging	 from	 $40.84	 to	
$136.86,	$33.86	to	$136.86	and	$38.32	to	$136.86,	were	outstanding	at	the	end	of	2007,	2006	and	2005,	respectively,	but	were	
not	included	in	the	computation	of	diluted	earnings	per	share	because	they	were	antidilutive.	

(k) Foreign Currency 

Assets	 and	 liabilities	 of	 non-U.S.	 subsidiaries	 whose	 functional	 currency	 is	 the	 local	 currency	 are	 translated	 into	 U.S.	 dollars	 at	
exchange	rates	prevailing	at	the	balance	sheet	date.	Revenues	and	expenses	are	translated	at	average	exchange	rates	during	the	
year.	 The	 net	 exchange	 differences	 resulting	 from	 these	 translations	 are	 reported	 in	 accumulated	 other	 comprehensive	 income.	
Gains	and	losses	resulting	from	foreign	currency	transactions	are	included	in	the	consolidated	statements	of	operations.	The	net	
gain resulting from foreign currency transactions is included in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements 
of	operations	and	amounted	to	$3,691,000,	$3,764,000	and	$2,700,000	in	2007,	2006	and	2005,	respectively.

(l) Income Taxes

Deferred	tax	assets	and	liabilities	are	recognized	for	the	future	tax	consequences	attributable	to	differences	between	the	financial	
statement	 carrying	 amounts	 of	 existing	 assets	 and	 liabilities	 and	 their	 respective	 tax	 bases.	 Deferred	 tax	 assets	 and	 liabilities	
are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are 
expected	to	be	recovered	or	settled.

65

   
 (m) Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 
The	Company	accounts	for	goodwill	under	the	provisions	of	Statement	of	Financial	Accounting	Standards	(SFAS)	No.	142,	“Goodwill	
and	Other	Intangible	Assets.”	As	a	result,	goodwill	and	intangible	assets	with	indefinite	lives	are	not	amortized	but	are	evaluated	for	
impairment	annually	or	whenever	there	is	an	impairment	indicator.	All	goodwill	is	assigned	to	a	reporting	unit,	where	it	is	subject	to	
an	impairment	test	based	on	fair	value.	The	Company	assesses	its	goodwill	for	impairment	in	the	second	quarter	of	its	fiscal	year.	
There	was	no	impairment	of	goodwill	in	2007	and	2006.	The	Company	used	a	discounted	cash	flow	analysis	to	determine	the	fair	
value	of	the	reporting	units	for	all	periods	tested.	The	Company	also	evaluated	impairment	indicators	in	2006	and	2007,	resulting	
in	no	impairment.	The	Company’s	intangible	assets,	other	than	goodwill	or	intangible	assets	with	indefinite	lives,	are	all	subject	to	
amortization,	are	amortized	on	a	straight-line	basis,	and	are	summarized	as	follows:

Weighted-Average 
Amortization Period 
(Yrs)

December 29, 2007

December 30, 2006

Gross Carrying 
Amount

Accumulated 
Amortization

Gross Carrying 
Amount

Accumulated 
Amortization

(In thousands)

5.0

5.0

17.0

3.0

5.63

	$											59,775	

	$									44,557	

	$											56,663	

	$								36,031	

	55,384	

	6,826	

	1,824	

	30,236	

	1,244	

 918 

	47,793	

	6,136	

	1,118	

	19,688	

	1,198	

 364 

	$									123,809	

	$									76,955	

	$									111,709	

	$								57,281	

Purchased software

Customer lists

Patents

Non-compete	agreements

Total

Amortization	expense	was	$19,674,000,	$16,842,000	and	$17,258,000	for	the	years	ended	2007,	2006	and	2005,	respectively.

Estimated	aggregate	amortization	expense	for	each	of	the	next	five	years	is	as	follows:

(In thousands)

For year ended:

2008 	$										17,289	

2009

2010

2011

2012

	15,388	

	4,639	

	3,135	

 855 

The	changes	in	the	carrying	amount	of	goodwill	for	the	12	months	ended	December	29,	2007	are	as	follows:

(In thousands)

Balance	as	of	December	30,	2006

	$						128,819	

Goodwill	acquired

	12,733	

Foreign	currency	translation	adjustment	and	other

	2,372	

Balance	as	of	December	29,	2007

	$						143,924	

At	December	29,	2007	and	December	30,	2006,	goodwill	of	$125,516,000	and	$112,312,000	has	been	allocated	to	the	Domestic	
segment	respectively.	The	2007	and	2006	amounts	of	goodwill	allocated	to	the	Global	segment	was	$18,408,000	and	$16,507,000,	
respectively.

(n) Use of Estimates

The	preparation	of	financial	statements	in	conformity	with	accounting	principles	generally	accepted	in	the	United	States	of	America	
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure 
of	contingent	assets	and	liabilities	at	the	date	of	the	financial	statements	and	the	reported	amounts	of	revenues	and	expenses	during	
the	reporting	period.	Actual	results	could	differ	from	those	estimates.

66

 (o) Concentrations
Substantially	 all	 of	 the	 Company’s	 cash	 and	 cash	 equivalents	 and	 short-term	 investments	 are	 held	 at	 three	 major	 U.S.	 financial	
institutions.	 The	 majority	 of	 the	 Company’s	 cash	 equivalents	 consist	 of	 U.S.	 Government	 Federal	 Agency	 Securities,	 short-term	
marketable	 securities,	 and	 overnight	 repurchase	 agreements.	 Deposits	 held	 with	 banks	 may	 exceed	 the	 amount	 of	 insurance	
provided	on	such	deposits.	Generally	these	deposits	may	be	redeemed	upon	demand	and,	therefore,	bear	minimal	risk.	

Substantially	 all	 of	 the	 Company’s	 clients	 are	 integrated	 delivery	 networks,	 physicians,	 hospitals	 and	 other	 healthcare	 related	
organizations.	If	significant	adverse	macro-economic	factors	were	to	impact	these	organizations	it	could	materially	adversely	affect	
the	 Company.	 The	 Company’s	 access	 to	 certain	 software	 and	 hardware	 components	 is	 dependent	 upon	 single	 and	 sole	 source	
suppliers.	The	inability	of	any	supplier	to	fulfill	supply	requirements	of	the	Company	could	affect	future	results.

(p) Accounting for Share-based Payments

On	 January	 1,	 2006,	 the	 Company	 adopted	 SFAS	 No.	 123(R),	 “Share-Based	 Payments,”	 using	 the	 modified	 prospective	 method	
of	adoption.	SFAS	123R	replaces	SFAS	123,	“Accounting	for	Stock-Based	Compensation,”	and	supersedes	Accounting	Principles	
Board	(APB)	Opinion	No.	25,	“Accounting	for	Stock	Issued	to	Employees.”	SFAS	No.	123R	addresses	the	accounting	for	share-based	
payment transactions with employees and other third parties and requires that the compensation costs relating to such transactions 
be	recognized	in	the	consolidated	statement	of	earnings.

Prior	to	the	adoption	of	SFAS	123R,	the	Company	applied	the	intrinsic-value-based	method	of	accounting	prescribed	by	APB	Opinion	
No.	25	to	account	for	its	fixed-plan	stock	options.	Under	this	method,	compensation	expense	was	recorded	on	the	date	of	grant	only	if	
the	current	market	price	of	the	underlying	stock	exceeded	the	exercise	price.	As	previously	allowed	under	SFAS	123,	the	Company	only	
adopted	the	disclosure	requirements	of	SFAS	123,	which	established	a	fair	value-based	method	of	accounting	for	stock-based	employee	
compensation	plans.	The	following	is	a	reconciliation	of	reported	net	earnings	to	adjusted	net	earnings	had	the	Company	recorded	
compensation	expense	based	on	the	fair	value	at	the	grant	date	for	its	stock	options	under	SFAS	123	for	the	year	ended	2005.

(In thousands, except per share data)

Reported net earnings

Less:		stock-based	compensation	expense	determined

		under	fair-value-based	method	for	all	awards,	net	of	tax

Adjusted	net	earnings

Basic earnings per share:

Reported net earnings

Less:		stock-based	compensation	expense	determined

		under	fair-value-based	method	for	all	awards,	net	of	tax

Adjusted	net	earnings

Diluted earnings per share:

Reported net earnings

Less:		stock-based	compensation	expense	determined

		under	fair-value-based	method	for	all	awards,	net	of	tax

Adjusted	net	earnings

(q) Reclassifications

2005

	$86,251	

	(10,971)

	75,280	

	$1.16	

	(0.14)

	1.02	

	$1.10	

	(0.14)

	0.96	

Certain	prior	year	amounts	in	our	consolidated	balance	sheet	have	been	reclassified	to	conform	to	the	current	year	presentation.

(r) Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

The	Company	follows	Statement	of	Financial	Accounting	Standards	No.	133	(SFAS	133),	“Accounting	for	Derivative	Investments	and	
Hedging	Activities,”	as	amended,	to	account	for	its	derivative	and	hedging	activities.	

67

 The	 Company	 has	 issued	 foreign-denominated	 debt	 to	 manage	 its	 foreign	 currency	 exposure	 related	 to	 its	 net	 investment	 in	 its	
subsidiary	in	England.	Beginning	in	2006,	at	the	beginning	of	each	quarterly	period,	the	Company	designated	a	portion	(between	
£60	million	and	£63	million	during	the	year)	of	its	debt	(£65	million),	which	is	denominated	in	Great	Britain	Pounds,	to	hedge	its	
net	investment	in	England.	During	2007	the	Company	designated	all	£65	million	of	its	debt	that	is	denominated	in	Great	Britain	
Pounds.	At	December	29,	2007,	approximately	$1.5	million,	net	of	approximately	$1	million	of	tax,	of	increases	in	the	debt	related	to	
changes	in	the	foreign	currency	exchange	rate	were	included	in	accumulated	other	comprehensive	income.	At	December	30,	2006	
approximately	$9	million,	net	of	approximately	$6	million	of	tax,	of	increases	in	the	debt	related	to	changes	in	the	foreign	currency	
exchange	rate	were	included	in	accumulated	other	comprehensive	income.	

(s) Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In	September	2006,	the	Financial	Accounting	Standards	Board	(FASB)	issued	Statement	of	Financial	Accounting	Standards	No.	157	
(SFAS	157),	“Fair	Value	Measurements.”	This	statement	establishes	a	single	authoritative	definition	of	fair	value	when	accounting	
rules require the use of fair value and sets out a framework for measuring fair value and requires additional disclosures about fair 
value	measurements.	The	Company	is	currently	assessing	the	impact	of	adoption	of	SFAS	157	on	its	results	of	operations	and	its	
financial	position	and	will	be	required	to	adopt	SFAS	157	as	of	the	first	day	of	the	2008	fiscal	year.	The	effect	of	adopting	SFAS	157	
is	not	expected	to	be	material	to	the	Company’s	consolidated	financial	statements.

In	February	2007,	the	FASB	issued	Statement	of	Financial	Accounting	Standards	No.	159	(SFAS	159),	“The	Fair	Value	Option	for	
Financial	Assets	and	Financial	Liabilities.”	This	statement	provides	companies	with	an	option	to	report	selected	financial	assets	and	
liabilities	at	fair	value.	The	Company	is	currently	assessing	the	impact	of	adoption	of	SFAS	159	on	its	results	of	operations	and	its	
financial	position	and	will	be	required	to	adopt	SFAS	159	as	of	the	first	day	of	the	2008	fiscal	year.	The	effect	of	adopting	SFAS	159	
is	not	expected	to	be	material	to	the	Company’s	consolidated	financial	statements.

In	December	2007,	the	Financial	Accounting	Standards	Board	(FASB)	issued	Statement	of	Financial	Accounting	Standards	No.	141	
(revised	 2007),	 Business	 Combinations	 (“SFAS	 141(R)”)	 which	 replaces	 SFAS	 141	 and	 supersedes	 FIN	 4,	 “Applicability	 of	 FASB	
Statement	No.	2	to	Business	Combinations	Accounted	for	by	the	Purchase	Method”.	SFAS	141(R)	establishes	guidelines	for	how	an	
acquirer	measures	and	recognizes	the	identifiable	assets,	goodwill,	noncontrolling	interest,	and	liabilities	assumed	in	a	business	
combination.	Additionally,	SFAS	141(R)	outlines	the	disclosures	necessary	to	allow	financial	statement	users	to	assess	the	impact	
of	 the	 acquisition.	 The	 Company	 is	 currently	 assessing	 the	 impact	 of	 adoption	 of	 SFAS	 141(R)	 on	 its	 results	 of	 operations	 and	
its	 financial	 position,	 which	 is	 expected	 to	 be	 immaterial,	 and	 will	 be	 required	 to	 adopt	 SFAS	 141(R)	 prospectively	 for	 business	
combinations	occurring	on	or	after	the	first	day	of	the	2009	fiscal	year.

Also	 in	 December	 2007,	 the	 FASB	 issued	 Statement	 of	 Financial	 Accounting	 Standards	 No.	 160,	 “Noncontrolling	 Interests	 in	
Consolidated	Financial	Statements”,	which	amends	ARB	No.	51.	SFAS	160	guides	that	a	noncontrolling	interest	in	a	subsidiary	should	
be	reported	as	equity	in	the	consolidated	financial	statements,	and	that	net	income	should	be	reported	at	amounts	that	include	the	
amounts	attributable	to	both	the	parent	and	the	noncontrolling	interest.	The	Company	is	currently	assessing	the	impact	of	adoption	
of	SFAS	160	on	its	results	of	operations	and	its	financial	position,	which	is	expected	to	be	immaterial,	and	will	be	required	to	adopt	
SFAS	160	as	of	the	first	day	of	the	2009	fiscal	year.

2. Business Acquisitions 
During	the	three	years	ended	December	29,	2007,	the	Company	completed	five	acquisitions,	which	were	accounted	for	under	the	
purchase	method	of	accounting.	The	results	of	each	acquisition	are	included	in	the	Company’s	consolidated	statements	of	operations	
from	the	date	of	each	acquisition.	Below	is	a	description	of	the	three	most	significant	acquisitions.

On	February	22,	2007,	the	Company	completed	the	purchase	of	assets	of	Etreby	Computer	Company,	Inc.	(“Etreby”),	for	$25,120,000,	
which	was	reduced	by	$1,588,000	for	a	working	capital	adjustment	in	the	second	quarter	of	2007.	Etreby	was	a	software	provider	of	
retail	pharmacy	management	systems.	The	acquisition	of	Etreby’s	assets	has	expanded	the	Company’s	pharmacy	systems	portfolio.	
The	operating	results	of	Etreby	were	combined	with	those	of	the	Company	subsequent	to	the	purchase	date	of	February	22,	2007.	The	
allocation	of	the	purchase	price	to	the	estimated	fair	values	of	the	identified	tangible	and	intangible	assets	acquired	and	liabilities	
assumed,	resulted	in	goodwill	of	$12,676,000	and	$10,181,000	in	intangible	assets.	The	intangible	assets	are	being	amortized	over	
five	years.	The	goodwill	was	allocated	to	the	Domestic	segment	and	is	expected	to	be	deductible	for	tax	purposes.	Unaudited	pro-
forma	results	of	operations	have	not	been	presented	because	the	effect	of	this	acquisition	was	not	material	to	the	Company.

On	 July	 5,	 2006,	 the	 Company	 completed	 the	 purchase	 of	 Galt	 Associates,	 Inc.,	 now	 known	 as	 Cerner	 Galt,	 Inc.	 (“Galt”)	 for	
$13,766,000,	net	of	cash	acquired.	Galt	is	a	provider	of	safety	and	risk	management	solutions	for	pharmaceutical,	medical	device	
and	biotechnology	companies.	The	acquisition	of	Galt	has	enhanced	the	Company’s	LifeSciences	portfolio	by	adding	solutions	and	

68

 services	that	use	medical	event	data	to	monitor	and	manage	the	safety	and	effectiveness	of	various	therapies.	The	allocation	of	the	
purchase	price	to	the	estimated	fair	values	of	the	identified	tangible	and	intangible	assets	acquired	and	liabilities	assumed,	resulted	
in	goodwill	of	$9,298,000	and	$4,266,000	in	intangible	assets.	The	intangible	assets	are	being	amortized	over	periods	between	two	
and	five	years.	Unaudited	pro-forma	results	of	operations	for	2006	were	not	presented	because	the	effect	of	this	acquisition	was	not	
material	to	the	Company.	

On	 January	 3,	 2005,	 the	 Company	 completed	 the	 purchase	 of	 assets	 of	 the	 medical	 business	 division	 of	 VitalWorks,	 Inc.	 for	
approximately	$100,000,000,	which	was	funded	with	existing	cash	of	approximately	$65,000,000	and	borrowings	on	the	revolving	line	
of	credit	of	approximately	$35,000,000.	The	medical	business	consists	of	delivering	and	supporting	physician	practice	management,	
electronic	medical	record,	electronic	data	interchange	and	emergency	department	information	solutions	and	related	products	and	
services	to	physician	practices,	hospital	emergency	departments,	management	service	organizations	and	other	related	entities.	The	
acquisition	of	VitalWorks’	medical	division	expanded	the	Company’s	presence	in	the	physician	practice	market.	$6,382,000	of	the	
purchase	price	was	allocated	to	in-process	research	and	development	that	had	not	reached	technological	feasibility	and	is	reflected	
as	 a	 charge	 to	 earnings	 in	 2005.	 The	 allocation	 of	 the	 purchase	 price	 to	 the	 estimated	 fair	 values	 of	 the	 identified	 tangible	 and	
intangible	assets	acquired	and	liabilities	assumed,	resulted	in	goodwill	of	$55,166,000	and	$43,450,000	in	intangible	assets	that	
are	being	amortized	over	five	years.	

A	summary	of	the	Company’s	purchase	acquisitions	for	the	three	years	ended	December	29,	2007,	is	included	in	the	following	table	
(in	millions,	except	share	amounts):

(In millions)

Date

Consideration

Goodwill

(Tax Basis)

Intangibles

Developed 
Technology

Form of 
Consideration

Fiscal Year 2007 Acquisition

Name:

Etreby	Computer	Company,	Inc.

Description of Business:

Software provider of retail pharmacy management systems

Reason for Acquisition:

Integrate technology into Cerner Millennium

Fiscal Year 2006 Acquisition

Name:

Galt	Associates,	Inc.

Description of Business:

2/07

$23.5

$12.7

($12.7)

$8.3

$1.9

$23.5	cash

Safety	and	risk	management	software	for	pharmaceutical,	medical	device	
and biotechnology companies

7/06

$13.7

$9.3

$		-

$2.7

$1.6

$13.7	cash

Reason for Acquisition:

Integrate technology into Cerner Millennium

Fiscal Year 2005 Acquisition

Name:

Bridge	Medical,	Inc.

Description of Business:

Leader	in	point-of-care	software	market

Reason for Acquisition:

Integrate technology into Cerner Millennium

Name:

DKE	SARL	(Axya	Systemes)

Description of Business:

Financial,	administrative,	and	clinical	solutions	in	Europe

Reason for Acquisition:

Integrate technology into Cerner Millennium

Name:

Medical	Division	of	VitalWorks,	Inc.

Description of Business:

Physician practice solution

Reason for Acquisition:

Integrate technology into Cerner Millennium

7/05

$11.0

$5.4

($5.4)

$5.5

$2.9

$11 cash

5/05

$5.2

$1.2

$		-

$1.8

$1.5

$5.2	cash

1/05

$100.0

$55.2

($55.2)

$35.1

$8.4

$100 cash

69

 Amounts	allocated	to	intangibles	are	amortized	on	a	straight-line	basis	over	three	to	17	years.	Amounts	allocated	to	software	are	
amortized	based	on	current	and	expected	future	revenues	for	each	product	with	minimum	annual	amortization	equal	to	the	straight-
line	amortization	over	the	estimated	economic	life	of	the	product.	

The assets and liabilities of the acquired companies at the date of acquisition are as follows: 

(In thousands)

Current assets
Total assets
Current liabilities
Total liabilities

Etreby Computer 
Company, Inc.

Galt              

Associates, Inc.

Bridge 
Medical, Inc.

Axya 
Systemes

Medical Division 
of VitalWorks, Inc.

$

1,002
24,280
748
748

751
15,372
1,606
1,606

1,172
15,802
4,748
4,783

2,680
7,209
2,244
2,483

11,404
120,175
17,064
19,877

3. Receivables
Receivables	consist	of	accounts	receivable	and	contracts	receivable.	Accounts	receivable	represent	recorded	revenues	that	have	
been	billed.	Contracts	receivable	represent	recorded	revenues	that	are	billable	by	the	Company	at	future	dates	under	the	terms	of	a	
contract	with	a	client.	Billings	and	other	consideration	received	on	contracts	in	excess	of	related	revenues	recognized	are	recorded	
as	deferred	revenue.	Substantially	all	receivables	are	derived	from	sales	and	related	support	and	maintenance	and	professional	
services	of	the	Company’s	clinical,	administrative	and	financial	information	systems	and	solutions	to	healthcare	providers	located	
throughout	the	United	States	and	in	certain	non-U.S.	countries.	A	summary	of	receivables	is	as	follows:

(In thousands)
Accounts	receivable,	net	of	allowance
Contracts receivable

Total	receivables,	net

December 29, 
2007

December 30, 
2006

	$								261,456	
	129,604	
	$								391,060	

	$							228,676	
	132,748	
	$							361,424	

The	Company	performs	ongoing	credit	evaluations	of	its	clients	and	generally	does	not	require	collateral	from	its	clients.	The	Company	
provides	an	allowance	for	estimated	uncollectible	accounts	based	on	specific	identification,	historical	experience	and	management’s	
judgment.	At	the	end	of	2007	and	2006	the	allowance	for	estimated	uncollectible	accounts	was	$15,469,000	and	$14,628,000,	
respectively.	

During	2007	and	2006,	the	Company	received	total	client	cash	collections	of	$1,646,584,000	and	$1,457,603,000,	respectively,	of	
which	$88,286,000	and	$108,814,000	were	received	from	third	party	arrangements	with	non-recourse	payment	assignments.

4. Property and Equipment
A	summary	of	property,	equipment,	and	leasehold	improvements	stated	at	cost,	less	accumulated	depreciation	and	amortization,	is	
as follows:

Depreciable 
Lives (Yrs)

December 29, 
2007

December 30, 
2006

(In thousands)

Furniture	and	fixtures

Computer and communications equipment

Leasehold improvements

Capital lease equipment

Land,	buildings	and	improvements

Other equipment

5 	-	 12

2 	-	 5

2 	-	 15

3 	-	 5

12 	-	 50

5 	-	 20

Less	accumulated	depreciation	and	amortization

	$												55,016	

	$												41,914	

	422,716	

	123,799	

	17,416	

	176,216	

 983 

796,146

	333,307	

	308,370	

	95,433	

	17,333	

	144,820	

	4,299	

612,169

	254,227	

Total	property	and	equipment,	net

	$									462,839	

	$									357,942	

Depreciation	expense	for	the	years	ended	December	29,	2007,	December	30,	2006	and	December	31,	2005	was	$80,020,000,	
$61,380,000	and	$49,057,000,	respectively.

70

 5. Indebtedness
In	November	2005,	the	Company	completed	a	£65,000,000	($129,779,000	at	December	29,	2007)	private	placement	of	debt	at	
5.54%	pursuant	to	a	Note	Agreement.	The	Note	Agreement	is	payable	in	seven	equal	annual	installments	beginning	in	November	
2009.	 The	 proceeds	 were	 used	 to	 repay	 the	 outstanding	 amount	 under	 the	 Company’s	 credit	 facility	 and	 for	 general	 corporate	
purposes.	The	Note	Agreement	contains	certain	net	worth	and	fixed	charge	coverage	covenants	and	provides	certain	restrictions	
on	the	Company’s	ability	to	borrow,	incur	liens,	sell	assets	and	pay	dividends.	The	Company	was	in	compliance	with	all	covenants	at	
December	29,	2007.

In	December	2002,	the	Company	completed	a	$60,000,000	private	placement	of	debt	pursuant	to	a	Note	Agreement.	The	Series	
A	Senior	Notes,	with	a	$21,000,000	principal	amount	at	5.57%,	are	payable	in	three	equal	installments,	which	began	in	December	
2006.	The	Series	B	Senior	notes,	with	a	$39,000,000	principal	amount	at	6.42%,	are	payable	in	four	equal	annual	installments	
beginning	December	2009.	The	proceeds	were	used	to	repay	the	outstanding	amount	under	the	Company’s	credit	facility	and	for	
general	 corporate	 purposes.	 The	 Note	 Agreement	 contains	 certain	 net	 worth	 and	 fixed	 charge	 coverage	 covenants	 and	 provides	
certain	restrictions	on	the	Company’s	ability	to	borrow,	incur	liens,	sell	assets	and	pay	dividends.	The	Company	was	in	compliance	
with	all	covenants	at	December	29,	2007.	

In	May	2002,	the	Company	expanded	its	credit	facility	by	entering	into	an	unsecured	credit	agreement	with	a	group	of	banks	led	by	
US	Bank.	This	agreement	was	amended	and	restated	on	November	30,	2006	and	provides	for	a	current	revolving	line	of	credit	for	
working	capital	purposes.	The	current	revolving	line	of	credit	is	unsecured	and	requires	monthly	payments	of	interest	only.	Interest	
is	 payable	 at	 the	 Company’s	 option	 at	 a	 rate	 based	 on	 prime	 (7.25%	 at	 December	 29,	 2007)	 or	 LIBOR	 (4.73%	 at	 December	 29,	
2007)	 plus	 1.55%.	 The	 interest	 rate	 may	 be	 reduced	 by	 up	 to	 1.15%	 if	 certain	 net	 worth	 ratios	 are	 maintained.	 The	 agreement	
contains	certain	net	worth,	current	ratio,	and	fixed	charge	coverage	covenants	and	provides	certain	restrictions	on	the	Company’s	
ability	to	borrow,	incur	liens,	sell	assets,	and	pay	dividends.	A	commitment	fee	of	2/10%	is	payable	quarterly	based	on	the	usage	
of	the	revolving	line	of	credit.	The	revolving	line	of	credit	matures	on	May	31,	2010.	On	January	10,	2005,	the	Company	drew	down	
$35,000,000	from	its	revolving	line	of	credit	in	connection	with	the	acquisition	of	the	medical	business	division	of	VitalWorks.	(See	
Note	2	to	the	consolidated	financial	statements.)	This	amount	was	paid	in	full	as	of	December	31,	2005.	As	of	December	29,	2007,	
the	Company	had	no	outstanding	borrowings	under	this	agreement	and	had	$90,000,000	available	for	working	capital	purposes.	The	
Company	was	in	compliance	with	all	covenants	at	December	29,	2007.	

In	April	1999,	the	Company	completed	a	$100,000,000	private	placement	of	debt	pursuant	to	a	Note	Agreement.	The	Series	A	Senior	
Notes,	with	a	$60,000,000	principal	amount	at	7.14%	were	paid	in	full	in	2006.	The	Series	B	Senior	Notes,	with	a	$40,000,000	
principal	amount	at	7.66%,	are	payable	in	six	equal	annual	installments	which	commenced	in	April	2004.	The	proceeds	were	used	to	
retire	the	Company’s	existing	$30,000,000	of	debt,	and	the	remaining	funds	were	used	for	capital	improvements	and	to	strengthen	
the	Company’s	cash	position.	The	Note	Agreement	contains	certain	net	worth,	current	ratio,	and	fixed	charge	coverage	covenants	
and	provides	certain	restrictions	on	the	Company’s	ability	to	borrow,	incur	liens,	sell	assets	and	pay	dividends.	The	Company	was	in	
compliance	with	all	covenants	at	December	29,	2007.	

In	March	2004,	the	Company	issued	a	$7,500,000	promissory	note	to	Cedars-Sinai	Medical	Center	of	which	$2,500,000	was	repaid	
in	October	2004.	The	balance	of	the	note	was	paid	on	April	30,	2007.

The	Company	also	has	capital	lease	obligations	amounting	to	$769,000,	payable	over	the	next	two	years.

The	aggregate	maturities	for	the	Company’s	long-term	debt,	including	capital	lease	obligations,	are	as	follows:

(In thousands)
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013 and thereafter
Total maturities

	$												14,260	
	36,044	
	29,362	
	28,290	
	28,290	
	55,620	
	$										191,866	

The	Company	estimates	the	fair	value	of	its	long-term,	fixed-rate	debt	using	a	discounted	cash	flow	analysis	based	on	the	Company’s	
current	 borrowing	 rates	 for	 debt	 with	 similar	 maturities.	 The	 fair	 value	 of	 the	 Company’s	 long-term	 debt	 was	 approximately	
$173,675,000	and	$185,154,000	at	December	29,	2007	and	December	30,	2006,	respectively.

71

 6. Interest Income (Expense)
A summary of interest income and expense is as follows:

(In thousands)

Interest income

Interest expense

2007

2006

2005

	$											13,206	

	$										11,877	

	$												3,871	

	(11,937)

	(12,574)

	(9,729)

Interest	income	(expense),	net

	$													1,269	

 $             (697)

	$									(5,858)

7. Stock Options and Equity
At	the	end	of	2007	and	2006,	the	Company	had	1,000,000	shares	of	authorized	but	unissued	preferred	stock,	$.01	par	value.	

As	of	December	29,	2007,	the	Company	had	four	fixed	stock	option	and	equity	plans	in	effect	for	associates.	The	awards	granted	under	
these	plans	qualify	for	equity	classification	pursuant	to	SFAS	123R.	Amounts	recognized	in	the	consolidated	financial	statements	
with respect to these plans are as follows:

(In thousands)

2007

2006

2005

Total	cost	of	share-based	payments	for	the	period

	$										17,334	

	$										19,973	

 $          727 

Amounts	capitalized	in	software	development	costs,	net	of	amortization

	(1,145)

 (952)

	-	

Amounts	charged	against	earnings,	before	income	tax	benefit

	$										16,189	

	$										19,021	

 $          727 

Amount	of	related	income	tax	benefit	recognized	in	earnings

	$												6,030	

	$												7,275	

 $          278 

During	2007,	the	Company	had	two	shareholder	approved	long-term	incentive	plans	from	which	it	could	issue	grants.

Under	the	2001	Long-Term	Incentive	Plan	F,	the	Company	is	authorized	to	grant	to	associates,	directors	and	consultants	4,000,000	
shares	of	common	stock	awards	taking	into	account	the	stock-split	effective	January	10,	2006.	Awards	under	this	plan	may	consist	
of	stock	options,	restricted	stock	and	performance	shares,	as	well	as	other	awards	such	as	stock	appreciation	rights,	phantom	stock	
and	performance	unit	awards	which	may	be	payable	in	the	form	of	common	stock	or	cash	at	the	Company’s	discretion.	However,	not	
more	than	1,000,000	of	such	shares	will	be	available	for	granting	any	types	of	grants	other	than	options	or	stock	appreciation	rights.	
Options under Plan F are exercisable at a price not less than fair market value on the date of grant as determined by the Stock Option 
Committee.	Options	under	this	plan	typically	vest	over	a	period	of	five	years	as	determined	by	the	Stock	Option	Committee	and	are	
exercisable	for	periods	of	up	to	25	years.

Under	the	2004	Long-Term	Incentive	Plan	G,	the	Company	is	authorized	to	grant	to	associates	and	directors	4,000,000	shares	of	
common	stock	awards	taking	into	account	the	stock-split	effective	January	10,	2006.	Awards	under	this	plan	may	consist	of	stock	
options,	restricted	stock	and	performance	shares,	as	well	as	other	awards	such	as	stock	appreciation	rights,	phantom	stock	and	
performance	unit	awards	which	may	be	payable	in	the	form	of	common	stock	or	cash	at	the	Company’s	discretion.	Options	under	
Plan	G	are	exercisable	at	a	price	not	less	than	fair	market	value	on	the	date	of	grant	as	determined	by	the	Stock	Option	Committee.	
Options	under	this	plan	typically	vest	over	a	period	of	five	years	as	determined	by	the	Stock	Option	Committee	and	are	exercisable	for	
periods	of	up	to	12	years.	In	2007,	Long-Term	Incentive	Plan	G	was	amended	to	permit	Cerner	the	ability	to	recover	fringe	benefit	tax	
payments	made	by	Cerner	on	behalf	of	its	associates	in	India.	

In	addition	to	the	stock	option	plans,	the	Company	has	also	granted	1,708,170	other	non-qualified	stock	options	over	time	through	
December	29,	2007,	under	separate	agreements	to	associates	and	certain	third	parties.	These	options	are	exercisable	at	a	price	
equal	 to	 or	 greater	 than	 the	 fair	 market	 value	 on	 the	 date	 of	 grant.	 These	 options	 vest	 over	 periods	 of	 up	 to	 six	 years	 and	 are	
exercisable	for	periods	of	up	to	10	years.	

The	fair	market	value	of	each	stock	option	award	is	estimated	on	the	date	of	grant	using	a	lattice	option-pricing	model	for	2007	and	
2006	 and	 the	 Black-Scholes	 option-pricing	 model	 for	 2005.	 In	 2006,	 the	 Company	 changed	 its	 valuation	 model	 from	 the	 Black-
Scholes	option-pricing	model	to	the	lattice	pricing	model	because	it	is	believed	to	provide	greater	flexibility	for	valuing	the	substantive	
characteristics	of	employee	share	instruments,	resulting	in	a	more	accurate	estimate	of	fair	market	value.	The	pricing	model	requires	

72

 the use of the following estimates and assumptions:
	   Expected volatilities under the lattice model are based on an equal weighting of implied volatilities from traded options on 

the	Company’s	shares	and	historical	volatility.	Expected	volatilities	under	the	Black-Scholes	model	were	based	entirely	on	the	
historical	volatility.	The	Company	uses	historical	data	to	estimate	the	stock	option	exercise	and	associate	departure	behavior	
used	in	the	lattice	model;	groups	of	associates	(executives	and	non-executives)	that	have	similar	historical	behavior	are	
considered	separately	for	valuation	purposes.	

	   The expected term of stock options granted is derived from the output of the lattice model and represents the period of time 
that	stock	options	granted	are	expected	to	be	outstanding;	the	range	given	below	results	from	certain	groups	of	associates	
exhibiting	different	post-vesting	behaviors.	The	expected	term	under	the	Black-Scholes	model	was	determined	using	the	
simplified	method	of	estimating	the	term	as	described	in	Staff	Accounting	Bulletin	107.	

	   The	risk-free	rate	used	in	2007	and	2006	is	based	on	the	zero-coupon	U.S.	Treasury	bond	with	a	term	equal	to	the	contractual	
term	of	the	awards.	The	risk-free	rate	used	in	2005	is	based	on	the	zero-coupon	U.S.	Treasury	bond	with	a	term	equal	to	the	
expected	term	of	the	awards.

The	weighted-average	assumptions	used	to	estimate	the	fair	market	value	of	stock	options	are	as	follows:

(In thousands)

2007

2006

2005

Expected	Volatility	(%)
Expected term (yrs)
Risk-free	rate	(%)

43.1 - 46.1
9.9
-
9.6
4.6

46.8 - 48.2
8.7
-
8.0
4.9

45.4 - 49.1
6.6
4.1

A	combined	summary	of	the	stock	option	activity	of	the	Company’s	four	fixed	stock	option	and	equity	plans	(Non-Qualified	Stock	
Option	Plans	D	and	E	were	in	effect	prior	to	2005	and	some	options	remain	issued	and	outstanding;	however,	no	new	grants	were	
permitted	to	be	issued	from	Plans	D	and	E	after	January	1,	2005	pursuant	to	the	terms	of	the	Plans)	and	other	stock	options	at	the	
end	of	2007,	2006	and	2005	are	presented	below:

2007

Weighted-
Average 
Exercise Price

Number of 
Shares

Aggregate 
Intrinsic Value

Number of 
Shares

2006

Weighted-
Average 
Exercise Price

Aggregate 
Intrinsic Value

Number of 
Shares

2005

Weighted-
Average 
Exercise Price

Options

Outstanding	at	December	30,	2006

	10,432,448	

	$										21.11	

	11,039,522	

	$										18.51	

	14,545,148	

	$										16.25	

Granted

Exercised

Forfeited and Expired

	934,280	

	(1,731,512)

	(489,653)

	55.04	

	16.80	

	29.83	

	1,044,230	

	(1,352,318)

	(298,986))

	42.63	

	15.78	

	24.32	

	1,341,286	

	(4,272,960)

	(573,952)

	33.77	

	15.62	

	18.18	

Outstanding	at	December	29,	2007

	9,145,563	

	$										24.94	

	$298,744,933	

	10,432,448	

	$										21.11	

	$177,409,878	

	11,039,522	

	$										18.51	

Options exercisable at the end of the year

	5,423,960	

	$										17.51	

$217,383,381	

	5,391,750	

	$										15.98	

	$116,135,878	

	4,813,058	

	$										15.56	

The	following	tables	summarize	information	about	fixed	and	other	stock	options	outstanding	at	December	29,	2007:

Options Outstanding

Number 
Outstanding at 
12/29/2007

Weighted-Average 
Remaining 
Contractual Life 
(yrs)

Range of 
Exercise Prices

$

6.25 - 14.00

2,361,129

14.1 - 21.64

2,465,376

21.65 - 39.29

2,383,141

39.78 - 136.86

1,935,917

9,145,563

6.15

7.05

6.10

8.77

6.94

Weighted-
Average Exercise 
Price

$

10.16

18.07

27.65

48.37

24.94

73

	
Continued from previous page

Range of 
Exercise Prices

$

6.25 - 14.00

14.1 - 21.64

21.65 - 39.29

39.78 - 136.86

Options Exercisable

Number 
Outstanding at 
12/29/2007

Weighted-Average 
Remaining 
Contractual Life 
(yrs)

1,890,587

2,091,288

1,387,485

54,600

5,423,960

6.54

Weighted-
Average Exercise 
Price

$

10.16

17.75

26.18

42.28

17.51

The	weighted-average	grant	date	fair	market	value	of	stock	options	granted	during	2007,	2006	and	2005	was	$29.17,	$19.68	and	
$17.86,	 respectively.	 The	 total	 intrinsic	 value	 of	 stock	 options	 exercised	 in	 2007	 and	 2006	 was	 $67,336,000	 and	 $39,276,000,	
respectively.	The	Company	issues	new	shares	to	satisfy	option	exercises.	

(a) Restricted Stock Grants

A	summary	of	the	Company’s	restricted	stock	grants	during	2007,	2006	and	2005	are	presented	below:

Plan

Shares Granted

Grant Date

Fair Value

F

F

F

G

F

F

F

F

G

	15,000	

	5,000	

7/6/2004

4/4/2005

$21.16	

26.19

	25,000	

	5,000	

6/3/2005

6/3/2005

	5,000	

	15,000	

	6,000	

	13,800	

	9,666	

6/13/2005

5/26/2006

7/25/2006

5/25/2007

12/5/2007

31.41

31.41

31.79

36.61

38.75

57.25

58.62

*		Grant	cancelled	on	12/30/2006	due	to	failure	to	meet	performance	criteria.

Vesting Date

5/26/2005

2/2/2006

2/2/2007

2/2/2008

5/25/2006

5/25/2006

5/24/2007

5/22/2008

12/31/2006

5/24/2007

5/24/2007

5/22/2008

12/5/2008

12/5/2009

12/5/2010

Number  
             of Shares

Recipient

BOD

BOD

BOD

BOD

	15,000	

	1,666	

	1,666	

	1,668	

	25,000	

	1,666	

	1,666	

	1,668	

	-	

 * 

Associate

BOD

BOD

BOD

Associate

	15,000	

	6,000	

	13,800	

	3,222	

	3,222	

	3,222	

All grants were valued at the fair market value on the date of grant and vest provided the recipient has continuously served on the 
Board	of	Directors	through	such	vesting	date	or	in	the	case	of	an	associate	provided	that	performance	measures	are	attained.	The	
expense	associated	with	these	grants	is	being	recognized	over	the	period	from	the	date	of	grant	to	the	vesting	date.	The	Company	
recognized	expenses	related	to	the	restricted	stock	of	$887,000,	$853,000	and	$780,000	in	2007,	2006	and	2005,	respectively.

(b) Nonvested Shares

A	summary	of	the	Company’s	nonvested	share-based	compensation	arrangements	granted	under	all	plans	as	of	December	29,	2007	
is presented below:

Nonvested Stock

Options

Number of Shares

Outstanding	at	December	30,	2006

Granted

Vested

Outstanding	at	December	29,	2007

27,668

23,466

(24,332)

26,802	

Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair Value

$														34.67

57.81

	38.72	

54.20

74

 
 
 As	 of	 December	 29,	 2007,	 there	 was	 $38,533,000	 of	 total	 unrecognized	 compensation	 cost	 related	 to	 nonvested	 share-based	
compensation	arrangements	(including	stock	option	and	nonvested	share	awards)	granted	under	all	plans.	That	cost	is	expected	to	
be	recognized	over	a	weighted-average	period	of	1.58	years.	The	total	fair	market	value	of	shares	vested	during	2007,	2006	and	
2005	was	$1,380,000,	$1,031,000	and	$494,400,	respectively.

(c) Associate Stock Purchase Plan 

The	 Company	 established	 an	 Associate	 Stock	 Purchase	 Plan	 (ASPP)	 in	 2001,	 which	 qualifies	 under	 Section	 423	 of	 the	 Internal	
Revenue	Code.	Each	individual	employed	by	the	Company	and	associates	of	the	Company’s	United	States	based	subsidiaries,	except	
as	provided	below,	are	eligible	to	participate	in	the	Plan	(“Participants”).	The	following	individuals	are	excluded	from	participation:	
(a)	persons	who,	as	of	the	beginning	of	a	purchase	period	under	the	Plan,	have	been	continuously	employed	by	the	Company	or	its	
domestic	subsidiaries	for	less	than	two	weeks;	(b)	persons	who,	as	of	the	beginning	of	a	purchase	period,	own	directly	or	indirectly,	
or	hold	options	or	rights	to	acquire	under	any	agreement	or	Company	plan,	an	aggregate	of	5%	or	more	of	the	total	combined	voting	
power	or	value	of	all	outstanding	shares	of	all	classes	of	Company	Common	Stock;	and,	(c)	persons	who	are	customarily	employed	
by	the	Company	for	less	than	20	hours	per	week	or	for	less	than	five	months	in	any	calendar	year.	Participants	may	elect	to	make	
contributions	from	1%	to	20%	of	compensation	to	the	ASPP,	subject	to	annual	limitations	determined	by	the	Internal	Revenue	Service.	
Participants	may	purchase	Company	Common	Stock	at	a	15%	discount	on	the	last	business	day	of	the	purchase	period.	The	purchase	
of	the	Company’s	Common	Stock	is	made	through	the	ASPP	on	the	open	market	and	subsequently	reissued	to	the	associates.	Under	
FAS123R,	the	difference	of	the	open	market	purchase	and	the	participant’s	purchase	price	is	being	recognized	as	compensation	
expense.

8. Foundations Retirement Plan
The	Cerner	Corporation	Foundations	Retirement	Plan	(the	Plan)	is	established	under	Section	401(k)	of	the	Internal	Revenue	Code.	
All	associates	over	age	18	and	not	a	member	of	an	excluded	class	are	eligible	to	participate.	Participants	may	elect	to	make	pretax	
contributions	from	1%	to	80%	of	eligible	compensation	to	the	Plan,	subject	to	annual	limitations	determined	by	the	Internal	Revenue	
Service.	Participants	may	direct	contributions	into	mutual	funds,	a	money	market	fund,	a	Company	stock	fund,	or	a	self-directed	
brokerage	account.	The	Company	makes	matching	contributions	to	the	Plan,	on	behalf	of	participants,	in	an	amount	equal	to	33%	of	
the	first	6%	of	the	participant’s	salary	contribution.	The	Company’s	expenses	for	the	Plan	amounted	to	$8,280,000,	$7,791,000	and	
$7,130,000	for	2007,	2006	and	2005,	respectively.

The	Company	added	a	second	tier	discretionary	match	to	the	Plan	in	2000.	Contributions	are	based	on	attainment	of	established	
earnings	per	share	goals	for	the	year	or	the	established	financial	metric	for	the	Plan.	Only	participants	who	defer	2%	of	their	base	
salary	are	eligible	to	receive	the	discretionary	match	contribution.	For	the	years	ended	2007,	2006	and	2005	the	Company	expensed	
$6,019,000,	$6,638,000	and	$5,783,000	for	discretionary	distributions,	respectively.	

9. Income Taxes
Income	tax	expense	(benefit)	for	the	years	ended	2007,	2006	and	2005	consists	of	the	following:

2007

2006

2005

(In thousands)

Current:

Federal

State

Foreign

Total current expense

Deferred:

Federal

State

Foreign

Total	deferred	expense	(benefit)

	$														66,701	

	$														44,139	

	$														47,499	

	3,600	

	24,629	

	94,930	

	(1,726)

	(1,360)

	(15,002)

	(18,088)

	7,855	

	(2,987)

	49,007	

	6,586	

	(1,431)

	3,491	

	8,646	

	7,549	

 819 

	55,867	

	(2,964)

	(2,382)

	(1,528)

	(6,874)

Total income tax expense

	$														76,842	

	$														57,653	

	$														48,993	

75

 Temporary	differences	between	the	financial	statement	carrying	amounts	and	tax	basis	of	assets	and	liabilities	that	give	rise	to	
significant	portions	of	deferred	income	taxes	at	the	end	of	2007	and	2006	relate	to	the	following:

December 29, 2007

December 30, 2006

(In thousands)
Deferred tax assets

Accrued expenses
Separate return net operating losses
Share based compensation
Hedge	of	net	investment	in	foreign	subsidiary
Other
Total deferred tax assets

	$														20,332	
	24,462	
	11,433	
	10,174	
 834 
	67,235	

	$														15,224	
	12,291	
	5,800	
	7,189	
	4,336	
	44,840	

Deferred tax liabilities

Software development costs
Contract and service revenues and costs
Depreciation	and	amortization
Other
Total deferred tax liabilities

	(73,165)
	(8,616)
	(26,616)
	(1,156)
	(109,553)

	(71,035)
	(12,881)
	(17,138)
 (94)
	(101,148)

Net deferred tax liability before valuation allowance

	$													(42,318)

	$													(56,308)

Valuation	allowance

Net deferred tax liability

	(7,982)

	(50,300)

0

	(56,308)

During	the	second	quarter	of	2007,	the	Company	determined	that	due	to	a	change	in	circumstances	in	the	quarter,	it	is	more	likely	
than	not	that	certain	tax	operating	loss	carry-forwards	in	a	non-U.S.	jurisdiction	would	not	be	realized	resulting	in	the	recognition	of	a	
valuation	allowance	totaling	approximately	$7,982,000.	Based	upon	the	level	of	historical	taxable	income	and	projections	for	future	
taxable	income	over	the	periods	which	the	remaining	deferred	tax	assets	are	expected	to	be	deductible,	as	well	as	the	scheduled	
reversal	of	deferred	tax	liabilities,	management	believes	it	is	more	likely	than	not	the	Company	will	realize	the	remaining	deferred	tax	
assets.	At	December	29,	2007,	the	Company	has	net	operating	loss	carry-forwards	subject	to	Section	382	of	the	Internal	Revenue	
Code	for	Federal	income	tax	purposes	of	$19.0	million	which	are	available	to	offset	future	Federal	taxable	income,	if	any,	through	
2020.	

The	December	30,	2006	deferred	tax	assets	include	an	adjustment	to	correct	amounts	previously	reported	for	non-U.S.	net	operating	
losses	related	to	periods	prior	to	2005.	The	effect	of	this	adjustment	is	an	increase	to	deferred	tax	assets	and	January	1,	2005	
retained	earnings	by	$4,162,000.	The	impact	of	this	adjustment	is	not	material	to	previously	reported	periods.	

The	effective	income	tax	rates	for	2007,	2006	and	2005	were	38%,	34%	and	36%,	respectively.	These	effective	rates	differ	from	the	
Federal statutory rate of 35% as follows:

(In thousands)

2007

2006

2005

Tax expense at statutory rates

	$											71,389	

	$											58,640	

	$											47,335	

State	income	tax,	net	of	federal	benefit

Zynx	tax	benefit	adjustment

Prior	period	adjustments

Valuation	Allowance

Other,	net

Total income tax expense

	4,640	

	-	

	(3,125)

	7,982	

	(4,044)

	76,842	

	4,176	

	-	

	(1,994)

	-	

	(3,169)

	57,653	

	4,396	

	(4,794)

	-	

	-	

	2,056	

	48,993	

The	2007	and	2006	tax	expense	amounts	include	the	recognition	of	approximately	$3,125,000	and	$1,994,000	respectively	of	tax	
benefits	for	items	related	to	prior	periods.	The	adjustments	in	2007	were	recorded	primarily	to	correct	an	error	in	the	Company’s	
2006	state	income	tax	rate.	These	differences	have	accumulated	over	several	years	and	the	impact	to	any	one	of	these	prior	periods	
is	 not	 material.	 The	 2006	 amounts	 relate	 to	 tax	 credits	 taken	 on	 prior	 income	 tax	 returns	 and	 to	 correct	 an	 error	 in	 prior	 years’	
effective	foreign	tax	rate,	which	have	accumulated	over	several	years.	

76

 Income	taxes	payable	are	reduced	by	the	tax	benefit	resulting	from	disqualifying	dispositions	of	stock	acquired	under	the	Company’s	
stock	option	plans.	The	2007,	2006	and	2005	benefits	of	$29,865,000,	$9,372,000	and	$30,289,000,	respectively,	are	treated	as	
increases	to	additional	paid-in	capital.

On	 December	 31,	 2006,	 the	 Company	 adopted	 the	 Financial	 Accounting	 Standards	 Board	 (FASB)	 Interpretation	 No.	 48	 (FIN	 48),	
“Accounting	for	Uncertainty	in	Income	Taxes,”	an	interpretation	of	the	Statement	of	Financial	Accounting	Standards	(SFAS)	No.	109,	
“Accounting	for	Income	Taxes”.	This	interpretation	clarifies	how	companies	calculate	and	disclose	uncertain	tax	positions.	The	effect	
of	adopting	this	interpretation	did	not	impact	any	previously	recorded	amounts	for	unrecognized	tax	benefits.

The	2007	beginning	and	ending	amounts	of	accrued	interest	related	to	the	underpayment	of	taxes	was	$1,150,000	and	$202,000,	
respectively.	The	Company	classifies	interest	and	penalties	as	income	tax	expense	in	its	consolidated	statement	of	earnings,	which	
is	consistent	with	how	the	Company	previously	classified	interest	and	penalties	related	to	the	underpayment	of	income	taxes.	No	
accrual	for	tax	penalties	was	recorded	upon	adoption	of	FIN	48	or	at	the	end	of	the	year.

The	 total	 amount	 of	 unrecognized	 tax	 benefits	 including	 interest	 was	 $13,300,000	 as	 of	 December	 31,	 2006.	 During	 2007,	 the	
Company	effectively	settled	IRS	examinations	for	the	1998	to	2004	periods	and	as	a	result	reclassified	previously	recorded	reserves	
for	 tax	 uncertainties	 by	 $9,845,000	 including	 interest.	 Of	 this	 amount,	 $1,732,000	 was	 recorded	 as	 a	 reduction	 to	 income	 tax	
expense	 in	 2007.	 The	 years	 after	 2004	 remain	 open.	 As	 of	 December	 29,	 2007,	 the	 total	 amount	 of	 unrecognized	 tax	 benefits,	
including	 interest,	 was	 $8,069,000.	 All	 of	 this	 amount,	 if	 recognized,	 would	 affect	 the	 effective	 tax	 rate.	 The	 Company	 does	 not	
expect	the	current	amount	of	its	unrecognized	tax	benefits	to	change	materially	over	the	next	12	months.	

A	reconciliation	of	unrecognized	tax	benefit	as	of	December	29,	2007,	is	presented	below:

(In thousands)

Unrecognized	tax	benefit	-	December	30,	2006

	$															13,300	

Gross	decreases-	tax	positions	in	prior	period

Gross	increases-	in	current-period	tax	positions

Settlements

Unrecognized	tax	benefit	-	December	29,	2007

	(1,732)

	4,614	

	(8,113)

	8,069	

10. Related Party Transactions
The	Company	leases	an	airplane	from	PANDI,	Inc.	(PANDI),	a	company	owned	by	Mr.	Neal	L.	Patterson	and	Mr.	Clifford	W.	Illig,	the	
Company’s	Chairman/CEO	and	Vice	Chairman	of	the	Board,	respectively.	The	airplane	is	leased	on	a	per	mile	basis	with	no	minimum	
usage	guarantee.	The	lease	rate	is	believed	to	approximate	fair	market	value	for	this	type	of	aircraft.	During	2007,	2006	and	2005	
the	Company	paid	an	aggregate	of	$661,000,	$670,000	and	$812,000	for	the	rental	of	the	airplane,	respectively.	The	airplane	is	
used	principally	by	Mr.	Trace	Devanny,	President,	and	Mr.	Mike	Valentine,	Executive	Vice	President,	to	make	client	visits.

On	February	6,	2007,	the	Company	entered	into	an	Aircraft	Service	Agreement	between	Rockcreek	Aviation,	Inc.	(the	Company’s	
wholly-owned	flight	operations	subsidiary)	and	PANDI.	Under	this	agreement	Rockcreek	Aviation	provides	flight	operations	services	to	
PANDI	with	respect	to	PANDI’s	aircraft.	PANDI	owns	and	operates	a	Beechcraft,	BeechJet	400.	During	2007,	the	aircraft	services	fees	
paid	by	PANDI	to	the	Company	were	$238,000.	

11. Commitments
In	prior	years,	the	Company	leased	space	to	unrelated	parties	in	its	North	Kansas	City	headquarters	complex	and	in	other	business	
locations	under	noncancelable	operating	leases.	Included	in	other	revenues	is	rental	income	of	$305,000	and	$583,000	in	2006	
and	2005,	respectively.	The	Company	did	not	receive	rental	income	in	2007.

The	Company	is	committed	under	operating	leases	for	office	space	and	computer	equipment	through	October	2027.	Rent	expense	for	
office	and	warehouse	space	for	the	Company’s	regional	and	global	offices	for	2007,	2006	and	2005	was	$12,436,000,	$11,391,000	
and	$9,056,000,	respectively.	Aggregate	minimum	future	payments	(in	thousands)	under	these	noncancelable	operating	leases	are	
as follows:

(In thousands)
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013 and thereafter

	$												34,143	
27,971	
	24,497	
	23,387	
	22,928	
	99,198	

77

 12. Segment Reporting
The	Company	has	two	operating	segments,	Domestic	and	Global.	Revenues	are	derived	primarily	from	the	sale	of	clinical,	financial	
and	 administrative	 information	 systems	 and	 solutions.	 The	 cost	 of	 revenues	 includes	 the	 cost	 of	 third	 party	 consulting	 services,	
computer	hardware	and	sublicensed	software	purchased	from	computer	and	software	manufacturers	for	delivery	to	clients.	It	also	
includes	 the	 cost	 of	 hardware	 maintenance	 and	 sublicensed	 software	 support	 subcontracted	 to	 the	 manufacturers.	 Operating	
expenses incurred by the geographic business segments consist of sales and client service expenses including salaries of sales and 
client	service	personnel,	communications	expenses	and	unreimbursed	travel	expenses.	Performance	of	the	segments	is	assessed	
at	the	operating	earnings	level	and,	therefore,	the	segment	operations	have	been	presented	as	such.	“Other”	includes	revenues	not	
generated	by	the	operating	segments	and	expenses	such	as	software	development,	marketing,	general	and	administrative,	share-
based	compensation	expense	and	depreciation	that	have	not	been	allocated	to	the	operating	segments.	It	is	impractical	for	the	
Company	to	track	assets	by	geographical	business	segment.

Accounting	policies	for	each	of	the	reportable	segments	are	the	same	as	those	used	on	a	consolidated	basis.	The	following	table	presents	
a	summary	of	the	operating	information	for	the	years	ended	December	29,	2007,	December	30,	2006	and	December	31,	2005.

(In thousands)

2007

Revenues

Cost of revenues

Operating expenses

Total costs and expenses

Domestic

Global

Other

Total

Operating Segments

	$													1,227,434	

	$													290,677	

	$																			1,766	

	$													1,519,877	

	221,154	

	331,124	

	552,278	

	53,367	

	151,355	

	204,722	

	5,589	

	553,205	

	558,794	

	280,110	

	1,035,684	

	1,315,794	

Operating earnings

	$																675,156	

	$															85,955	

	$												(557,028)

	$															204,083	

(In thousands)

2006

Revenues

Cost of revenues

Operating expenses

Total costs and expenses

Domestic

Global

Other

Total

Operating Segments

	$													1,166,662	

	$													207,367	

	$																			4,009	

	$													1,378,038	

	251,574	

	308,085	

	559,659	

	39,224	

	107,571	

	146,795	

 172 

	505,245	

	505,417	

	290,970	

	920,901	

	1,211,871	

Operating earnings

	$																607,003	

	$															60,572	

	$												(501,408)

	$																166,167	

(In thousands)

2005

Revenues

Cost of revenues

Operating expenses

Total costs and expenses

Domestic

Global

Other

Total

Operating Segments

	$													1,043,804	

	$													113,317	

	$																			3,664	

	$													1,160,785	

	238,096	

	288,098	

	526,194	

	17,189	

	48,098	

	65,287	

 (599)

	429,467	

	428,868	

	254,686	

	765,663	

	1,020,349	

Operating earnings

	$																	517,610	

	$															48,030	

	$												(425,204)

	$																140,436	

78

 13. Revised Quarterly Results (unaudited)
Selected	quarterly	financial	data	for	2007	and	2006	is	set	forth	below:

(In thousands, 
except per share data)

2007 quarterly results:

March 31 

June	30	

September 29 

December 29 

Total

2006 quarterly results:

April 1

July	1

September 30

December 30 (1)

Total

Revenues

Earnings Before 
Income Taxes

Net Earnings

Basic Earnings 
Per Share

Diluted Earnings 
Per Share

$365,852

$42,976

386,588

372,936

394,501

$1,519,877

$321,224

330,572

345,452

380,790

$1,378,038

48,189

53,576

59,226

203,967

33,426

39,368

43,831

50,919

$27,711

26,849

31,234

41,331

127,125

20,144

23,873

26,728

39,146

0.35

0.34

0.39

0.52

0.26

0.31

0.34

0.50

0.34

0.32

0.37

0.49

0.25

0.29

0.33

0.48

167,544

109,891

(1) Includes a tax benefit of $7.9 million related to the extension of the Federal Research and Development Credit, the 
recognition of certain state tax benefits and adjustments to correct certain federal and foreign items unrelated to the fourth 
quarter of 2006. This results in an increase to diluted earnings per share of $0.10

(a) Immaterial Corrections

During	2007,	certain	errors	were	identified	that	impacted	amounts	previously	reported	on	our	Form	10-Q	for	the	2007	quarterly	
periods	and	on	our	Form	10-K	for	the	prior	annual	periods.	These	items	separately	and	in	the	aggregate	did	not	have	a	material	
impact	on	results	previously	reported	in	2007	or	prior	periods.	However,	we	have	revised	our	previously	reported	quarterly	results	in	
2007	to	reflect	the	adjustments	in	the	appropriate	quarterly	period.	These	items	are:

Research and Development

In  connection  with  production  and  delivery  of  the  RxStation	 medication	 dispensing	 devices,	 the	 Company	 reviewed	 the	 accounting	
treatment	of	previously	capitalized	costs	related	to	this	device	and	determined	a	write-off	was	necessary.	The	fourth	quarter	of	2007	in	
the	table	below	includes	additional	after	tax	expense	of	$2.1	million,	net	of	$1.3	million	tax	benefit,	related	to	periods	prior	to	2007.

State Income Taxes

This	adjustment	relates	to	the	use	of	a	higher	estimated	effective	state	income	tax	rate	than	the	actual	effective	rate	in	computing	
the	Company’s	current	tax	provision.	The	Company’s	fourth	quarter	of	2007	in	the	table	below	includes	a	decrease	in	tax	expense	of	
$3.1	million	related	to	the	2006	period.

Foreign Taxes

This	adjustment	corrected	a	tax	item	of	$4.2	million	previously	reported	in	the	second	quarter	of	2007	relating	to	foreign	net	operating	
losses	 for	 periods	 prior	 to	 2005.	 This	 adjustment	 has	 been	 corrected	 through	 an	 adjustment	 to	 the	 January	 1,	 2005	 retained	
earnings.	The	second	item	is	due	to	a	reduction	in	foreign	income	tax	rates	resulting	from	a	law	that	was	enacted	in	the	third	quarter	
of	2007,	which	effectively	reduced	the	value	of	the	Company’s	foreign	tax	losses.

79

 A	summary	of	the	quarterly	adjustments	for	2007	is	set	forth	below:

(In thousands)

Revenues

As reported

Research	&	Development

State Income taxes

Foreign Taxes

Revised

Earnings Before Income taxes

As reported

Research	&	Development

State Income taxes

Foreign Taxes

Revised

Net Earnings

As reported

Research	&	Development

State Income taxes

Foreign Taxes

Revised

2007

March 31

June 30

September 29

December 29

Total

	$365,852	

	$386,588	

	$372,936	

	$394,501	

	$1,519,877	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	-	

 0 

 0 

 0 

	$365,852	

	$386,588	

	$372,936	

	$394,501	

	$1,519,877	

	$43,751	

 (775)

	-	

	-	

	$49,031	

 (842)

	-	

	-	

	$56,010	

	(2,434)

	-	

	-	

	$59,226	

	-	

	-	

	-	

	$208,018	

	(4,051)

 0 

 0 

	$42,976	

	$48,189	

	$53,576	

	$59,226	

	$203,967	

	$27,580	

	$31,115	

	$35,841	

	$41,331	

	$135,867	

 (487)

 521 

 97 

	$27,711	

 (528)

 521 

	(4,259)

	$26,849	

	(1,528)

 521 

	(3,600)

	-	

	-	

	-	

	(2,543)

	1,563	

	(7,762)

	$31,234	

	$41,331	

	$127,125	

80

 
 
 Stock Price Performance Graph
The	following	graph	presents	a	comparison	for	the	five-year	period	ended	December	31,	2007	of	the	performance	of	the	Common	
Stock of the Company with the NASDAQ Composite Index (US Companies) (as calculated by The Center for Research in Security Prices) 
and	the	NASDAQ	Computer/Data	Processing	Group	(as	calculated	by	The	Center	for	Research	in	Security	Prices):

Comparison of 5 Year Cumulative Total Return

$500

$400

$300

$200

$100

$0

12/02

12/03

12/04

12/05

12/06

12/07

Cerner Corporation

Nasdaq Computer and Data Processing Index

Nasdaq Stock Market (US Companies)

The	above	comparison	assumes	$100	was	invested	on	December	31,	2002	in	Common	Stock	of	the	Company	and	in	each	of	the	
foregoing	indices	and	assumes	reinvestment	of	dividends. The results of each component issuer of each group are weighted according 
to	such	issuer’s	stock	market	capitalization	at	the	beginning	of	each	year.

81

 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting
The	Annual	Shareholders’	Meeting	will	be	held	at	10:00	a.m.	on	May	23,	2008,	at	The	Cerner	Round	auditorium	in	the	Cerner	Vision	
Center,	located	on	the	Cerner	campus	at	2850	Rockcreek	Parkway,	North	Kansas	City,	Missouri.	A	formal	notice	of	the	Meeting,	with	a	
Proxy	Statement	and	Proxy	Card,	will	be	available,	to	each	shareholder	of	record,	in	April	2008.

Annual Report/10-K Report
Publications	of	interest	to	current	and	potential	Cerner	investors	are	available	upon	written	request	or	via	Cerner’s	Web	site	at	www.
cerner.com.	These	include	annual	and	quarterly	reports	and	the	Form	10-K	filed	with	the	Securities	and	Exchange	Commission.

Written	requests	should	be	made	to:

Cerner Corporation 
Investor Relations 
2800 Rockcreek Parkway 
North	Kansas	City,	MO	64117-2551

Inquiries	of	an	administrative	nature	relating	to	shareholder	accounting	records,	stock	transfer,	change	of	address	and	miscellaneous	
shareholder	requests	should	be	directed	to	the	transfer	agent	and	registrar,	Computershare	Trust	Company,	at	1-800-884-4225.

Transfer Agent and Registrar
Computershare	Trust	Company,	N.A. 
P.O.	Box	43078 
Providence,	RI	02940-3078 
1-800-884-4225

Stock Listings
Cerner	Corporation’s	common	stock	trades	on	The	NASDAQ	Stock	Market	LLC	under	the	symbol	CERN.

Independent Accountants
KPMG	LLP 
Kansas	City,	MO

82

 
World Headquarters
Cerner	Worldwide
2800 Rockcreek Parkway
North	Kansas	City,	MO	USA
64116-2551
816.221.1024 Phone
www.cerner.com

Worldwide
Australia
Canada
France
Germany
Hong	Kong
India
Ireland
Malaysia
Singapore
Spain
United Arab Emirates
United	Kingdom

84